Curriculum Planning Manual Language Arts 3LIT5000
205 N.W. 63rd Street Oklahoma City, OK 73116 800.222.2811 www.amered.com
Table of Contents
Language Arts Curriculum Planning Manual Teachers’ Guides and Scope & Sequences
Please note: Courses are listed in grade level sequence.
Technical Requirements Language Arts Overview ...... 1 For detailed workstation specifications, please visit the Building Vocabulary I–VIII ...... 7 American Education Corporation’s web site: Building Vocabulary I ...... 11 Building Vocabulary II ...... 16 www.amered.com/awl_requirements_wba.php Building Vocabulary III ...... 21 Additionally, some courses require Adobe® Acrobat Building Vocabulary IV ...... 26 Reader®, Adobe Flash®, and/or Adobe Shockwave® Building Vocabulary V ...... 30 plug-ins for your browsers. These are available for free Building Vocabulary VI ...... 34 from http://www.adobe.com. The required software Building Vocabulary VII ...... 38 version numbers are listed on our website (see above). Building Vocabulary VIII ...... 42 For those using our Web-based A+LS (WBA+) product, the Language Usage I–VIII ...... 46 initial WBA+ screen offers links to download the necessary Language Usage I ...... 50 Adobe Acrobat and Flash files. Language Usage II ...... 54 Language Usage III ...... 58 For detailed instructions for configuring your browsers to Language Usage IV ...... 61 work with A+LS (such as Active X), please see Language Usage V ...... 65 Troubleshooting in the following document on our website: Language Usage VI ...... 69 A Teachers Guide to Web-based A+LS Language Usage VII ...... 73 ® Language Usage VIII ...... 77 To access Encyclopædia Britannica and other Internet based resources found in some courses, a connection to Reading I–VIII ...... 81 the Internet is required. To view multimedia from these Reading I ...... 87 sites a fast connection is recommended. Reading II ...... 91 Reading III ...... 96 Reading IV ...... 101 Reading V ...... 106
i
Table of Contents
Reading VI ...... 111 Reading VII ...... 116 Reading VIII ...... 121 English Foundations IA ...... 126 English Foundations IA ...... 126 English Foundations IB ...... 136 English Foundations IIA ...... 146 English Foundations IIB ...... 157 English Literature IX–XII ...... 168 English Literature IX ...... 174 The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde ...... 174 The Odyssey ...... 175 Romeo and Juliet ...... 177 A Tale of Two Cities ...... 178 Short Stories ...... 182 English Literature X ...... 183 The Jungle ...... 183 Julius Caesar ...... 185 Great Expectations ...... 186 The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn ...... 191 English Literature XI ...... 195 Moby Dick ...... 195 The Last of the Mohicans ...... 204 The Red Badge of Courage ...... 206 The House of the Seven Gables ...... 208 English Literature XII ...... 211 Jane Eyre ...... 211 Macbeth ...... 215 Wuthering Heights ...... 216 Pride and Prejudice ...... 219 Short Stories ...... 225 English Skills IX–XII ...... 227 English Skills IX ...... 228 English Skills X ...... 234
ii
Table of Contents
English Skills XI ...... 239 English Skills XII ...... 244 Writing I–XII ...... 248 Writing I ...... 252 Writing II ...... 255 Writing III ...... 258 Writing IV ...... 261 Writing V ...... 264 Writing VI ...... 268 Writing VII ...... 272 Writing VIII ...... 276 Writing IX ...... 280 Writing X ...... 284 Writing XI ...... 288 Language Arts Keyboard Companion I–VI ...... 296 Language Arts Keyboard Companion I ...... 297 Language Arts Keyboard Companion II ...... 304 Language Arts Keyboard Companion III ...... 310 Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV ...... 312 Language Arts Keyboard Companion V ...... 316 Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI ...... 319
iii
Copyright © 2013 K12 Inc. All rights reserved. K12 is a registered trademark of K12 Inc. The K12 logo and other marks referenced herein are trademarks of K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries, and other marks are owned by third parties.
Adobe, Acrobat Reader, and Flash are registered trademarks of the Adobe Systems Incorporated. Encyclopædia Britannica is a registered trademark of Encyclopædia Britannica, Inc. MetaMetrics, Lexile, and Quantile are registered trademarks of MetaMetrics, Inc.
iv
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Language Arts Overview Grade Levels 1-12
The A+LS Language Arts courses include comprehensive, completely integrated courses for grades 1-12. The Language Arts titles are designed to reinforce skills in vocabulary, grammar, language, writing, literature, and reading comprehension in many forms and levels of learning. The Language Arts courses provide an extensive e-learning solution ideal for schools that want to use technology to improve their instructional process.
• Language Arts is presented as a collection of year-long courses.
• All lessons contain an integrated study guide and essay or other constructed response.
• Lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing.
• Most Language Arts lessons are certified by MetaMetrics® with Lexile® scores.
• Some courses are enriched by Encyclopædia Britannica® Online School Edition (EB) workspaces that contain learning materials. Learning materials may contain articles, games, images, maps, and/or videos.
1
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
• The content in these courses is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) for the Standards of English Language Arts.
• Students learn to identify and correctly use nouns, verbs, modifiers, and the other parts of speech. They also learn the importance of sentence construction and identifying sentence parts including simple and complex subjects and predicates, verbs, and phrases as well as capitalization and punctuation guidelines.
• The Writing titles emphasize six aspects of writing including ideas, organization, voice, word choice, fluency, and conventions. Students will learn varieties of writing formats that include personal narratives, journals, newspaper writing, and descriptive writing.
• The Literature lessons provide a broad exposure to literature, enabling the student to acquire the necessary skills to understand and appreciate literature by exploring universal themes through study guides and later in the questions on literary terms, devices, and forms.
2
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
Third-Party Content in A+LS Lessons
The Encyclopædia Britannica Online School Edition has teacher resources and student learning materials. The materials include a wide range of interactive lessons, research projects, animations, and worksheets that support many A+LS lessons.
Each workspace may contain an article, diagram, study guide, video, or interactive media.
The launch icon for EB objects is located at the top of the A+LS screen in the study guide section.
3
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
The Writing courses each contain a variety of lessons and differ in length, grade level, and available features. Listed below are the courses found within the curriculum planning manual.
Length of Course Number of Course in Grade Lexile Name Lessons Semesters Levels Measure Building Vocabulary I 57 1 640L Building Vocabulary II 49 2 780L Building Vocabulary III 49 3 630L Building Vocabulary IV 43 4 790L Building Vocabulary V 43 5 830L Building Vocabulary VI 47 6 820L Building Vocabulary VII 48 7 820L Building Vocabulary VIII 48 8 830L Language Usage I 33 1 470L Language Usage II 44 2 510L Language Usage III 40 3 600L Language Usage IV 47 4 620L Language Usage V 45 5 640L Language Usage VI 44 6 750L Language Usage VII 38 7 800L Language Usage VIII 45 8 760L
4
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
Length of Course Number of Course in Grade Lexile Name Lessons Semesters Levels Measure Reading I 43 1 500L Reading II 45 2 580L Reading III 43 3 620L Reading IV 43 4 700L Reading V 45 5 790L Reading VI 48 6 810L Reading VII 40 7 840L Reading VIII 42 8 870L English Literature IX 42 2 9 1010L English Literature X 56 2 10 980L English Literature XI 52 2 11 960L English Literature XII 33 2 12 1040L English Skills IX 40 2 9 930L English Skills X 38 2 10 960L English Skills XI 36 2 11 990L English Skills XII 34 2 12 1030L
5
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
Length of Course Number of Course in Grade Lexile Name Lessons Semesters Levels Measure Writing I 30 1 Writing II 34 2 Writing III 34 3 Writing IV 38 4 Writing V 45 5 Writing VI 45 6 Writing VII 45 7 Writing VIII 45 8 Writing IX 41 2 9 Writing X 44 2 10 Writing XI 46 2 11 Writing XII 46 2 12 Language Arts Keyboard Companion I 89 3–5 Language Arts Keyboard Companion II 65 3–5 Language Arts Keyboard Companion III 39 6–8 Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV 40 6–8 Language Arts Keyboard Companion V 45 9–12 Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI 32 9–12
6
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Building Vocabulary I–VIII Grades 1–8
A+LS Building Vocabulary I–VIII introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• three key skills (phonemic awareness, phonics, and vocabulary development • extensive tutorial and instructional narration in grade levels 1-3 • core vocabulary words • multiple exposures to the use of words and word sounds • utilizing words in context • language development exercises • phonics skills of syllabication • recognition of blends, digraphs, and diphthongs • developing sight vocabularies • dictionary and thesaurus skills • synonyms, and antonyms • connotation and denotation • Latin and Greek root words • prefixes and suffixes • special vocabularies including vocabulary common to standardized tests • multiple meaning words • foreign terms and phrases • promotion of language fluency
7
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
A+LS Building Vocabulary is a scientific, research-based, comprehensive, and completely integrated curriculum for grade levels 1-8. Building Vocabulary I, II, and III have tutorial and instructional voice support. A sequence of eight titles provides an extensive e-learning solution ideal for schools that want to use technology to improve their instructional process.
• All lessons contain a study guide, a practice and mastery test, and an essay or constructed response.
• Many lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing.
• The A+LS program consists of an Internet-based instructional management system with student assessment tools built in, and educators can test students on national, state, district, or local objectives because any set of standards can be added to the system.
• These courses are certified by MetaMetrics® with a Lexile® score.
8
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
• The Basic Vocabulary courses provide instruction in basic phonemic principles (phonemic awareness), phonetic (phonics) and visual introduction to new words and word sounds, and multiple exposures to the use of words and word sounds.
• The student is provided an opportunity to use words in context and in language development exercises (vocabulary development).
• Emphasis is placed on phonics skills of syllabication, pronunciation, word definition, recognition of blends, digraphs, diphthongs, letters that have more than one sound, and sight vocabulary development at each grade level.
• Dictionary and thesaurus skills are enhanced through vocabulary exercises that include word recognition skills, multiple meaning words, synonyms, antonyms, connotation and denotation, Latin and Greek root words, prefixes and suffixes, foreign terms and phrases, core vocabulary words, and special vocabularies common to standardized tests.
• The A+LS program uses three key skills (phonemic awareness, phonics, and vocabulary development) identified by the National Reading Panel as it directs students from beginning reading levels to more advanced reading skills utilizing a Four-Step Approach in each title series.
9
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
The Building Vocabulary titles develop skills in practical situations by utilizing a Four-Step Approach: Study Guide, Practice Test, Mastery Test, and Essay modules are used to define the instructional environment.
• The Study Guide module provides text- and graphics- based delivery of material that is reinforced by pictures and diagrams supported by a wealth of content. Study Guides teach the concepts and skills associated with each lesson. A number of the Study Guide pages have specific, interactive feedback that will assist the student in solving problems or understanding concepts.
• The Practice Test module allows the student to practice skills learned in the Study Guide section. The student has instant access to the study material for reference.
• In the Mastery Test module, the student takes a scored examination, electronically submits the test, and the results are recorded in the A+LS Management System.
• The Essay module allows the student to compose individual, free-form answers to a wide variety of questions and problems.
10
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary I Scope & Sequence Grade 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Phonemic Awareness
Students are asked to identify many sounds that would occur in public, at Building Vocabulary I 1 Sound Recognition home and in school. The recognition of these sounds will help the students understand their everyday world.
Students listen to a variety of sounds and identify the order of a two sound 2 Sound Sequence sequence
Loud and Soft 3 Students identify various sounds according to the volume of the sound Sounds
4 Nonsense Sounds Students are asked to correctly identify the correct source of a sound
Sequencing Three Students listen to a variety of sounds and identify the order of a three sound 5 Sounds sequence
Students determine the difference between similar two sequence and three 6 Similar Sounds sequence sounds of everyday objects and animals
Sounds
Introduction to 7 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants Sounds 1
Introduction to 8 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants Sounds 2
The Short /a/ Students identify short /a/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 9 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
11
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary I Scope & Sequence Grade 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Short /e/ Students identify short /e/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 10 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify short /i/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 11 The Short /i/ Sound Essay: Written Response concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /o/ Students identify short /o/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 12 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /u/ Students identify short /u/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 13 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 14 The Long /a/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /e/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 15 The Long /e/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /i/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 16 The Long /i/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /o/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 17 The Long /o/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /u/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 18 The Long /u/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
The Long /oo/ 19 Students identify the long sound of /oo/ Essay: Written Response Sound
The /er/ /ir/ /ur/ 20 Students identify words that have the /er/, /ur/, and /ir/ sounds Essay: Written Response Sounds
12
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary I Scope & Sequence Grade 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 21 The /ar/ Sound Students identify words that have the /ar/ sound in words Essay: Written Response
22 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound
23 Y as a Vowel Students identify words using /y/ as a vowel sound Essay: Written Response
The Diphthong /ou/ 24 Students work with spellings ow and ou representing the diphthong /ou/ & /ow/
The Diphthong /oi/ 25 Student work with the spellings oi and oy representing the diphthong /oi/ Essay: Written Response & /oy/
26 Silent Vowels Students identify silent vowels in words; second vowel is usually silent Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, f; sound of the letters 27 Initial Consonants 1 /b/, /f/
Students identify words that begin with the letters d, g; sound of the letters 28 Initial Consonants 2 /d/, /g/
Students identify words that begin with the letters h, j; sound of the letters 29 Initial Consonants 3 Essay: Written Response /h/, /j/
Students identify words that begin with the letters k, c; /k/ and /c/ 30 Initial Consonants 4 sometimes make the same sounds
Students identify words that begin with the letters l, m; sound of the letters 31 Initial Consonants 5 Essay: Written Response /l/, /m/
Students identify words that begin with the letters n, p; sound of the letters 32 Initial Consonants 6 Essay: Written Response /n/, /p/
13
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary I Scope & Sequence Grade 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify words that begin with the letters q, r; sound of the letters 33 Initial Consonants 7 Essay: Written Response /q/, /r/
Students identify words that begin with the letters s, c; sound of the letters 34 Initial Consonants 8 Essay: Written Response /s/, /c/
Students identify words that begin with the letters t, v; sound of the letters 35 Initial Consonants 9 Essay: Written Response /t/, /v/
Initial Consonants Students identify words that begin with the letters w, y, z; sound of the 36 Essay: Written Response 10 letters /w/, /y/, /z/
37 Final Consonants 1 Students identify words that end with k, b; sounds of ending /k/, /b/ Essay: Written Response
38 Final Consonants 2 Students identify words that end with x, m, f; sounds of ending /x/, /m/, /f/ Essay: Written Response
39 Final Consonants 3 Students identify words that end with t, p; sounds of ending /t/, /p/ Essay: Written Response
40 Final Consonants 4 Students identify words that end with d, b; sounds of ending /d/, /b/ Essay: Written Response
41 Final Consonants 5 Students identify words that end with n, g; sounds of ending /n/, /g/ Essay: Written Response
42 Final Consonants 6 Students identify words that end with l, r; sounds of ending /l/, /r/
Like and Unlike Students identify letters with similar features; (c, e, o), (b, p, q, d), (v, w, u), 43 Essay: Written Response Letters (j, i), (g, y, j, p), (m, n, w, v, r)
Like and Unlike Students identify words that look similar to other words; (on, no, so), (an, 44 Essay: Written Response Words am, and), (if, it, is, in)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (pl, pr, fl, fr, br, 45 Initial Blends 1 Essay: Written Response tr, scr, sk, sn)
14
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary I Scope & Sequence Grade 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (gr, dr, cr, cl, gl, 46 Initial Blends 2 Essay: Activity st, sc, sw, squ)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (sl, sp, bl, cl, sm, 47 Initial Blends 3 Essay: Written Response spl, spr, thur, str)
Beginning Digraphs Definition of a digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 48 Essay: Written Response 1 digraphs ch, gh and ph
Beginning Digraphs 49 Students identify words with sh and th; two sounds of /th/ Essay: Written Response 2
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs: 50 Final Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response ch, ph, ck, and sh
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs: 51 Final Digraphs 2 Essay: Written Response th, gh, and ng
52 Basic Sight Words 1 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
53 Basic Sight Words 2 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
54 Syllables The identification and use of closed, open, and accented syllables Essay: Written Response
55 Word Families Building vocabulary through the use of word families and rhyming words Essay: Written Response
56 Root Words Recognizing and using root words to build vocabulary Essay: Activity
57 Compound Words Recognizing and forming compound words Essay: Written Response
15
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Letters and Sounds 1 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants Building Vocabulary II 1
Letters and Sounds 2 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants 2
The Short /a/ Students identify short /a/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 3 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /e/ Students identify short /e/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 4 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify short /i/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 5 The Short /i/ Sound Essay: Written Response concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /o/ Students identify short /o/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 6 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /u/ Students identify short /u/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 7 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 8 The Long /a/ Sound in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /e/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 9 The Long /e/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /i/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 10 The Long /i/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
Students identify long /o/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 11 The Long /o/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
16
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify long /u/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 12 The Long /u/ Sound Essay: Written Response in creating the long vowel sound
The Short/Long 13 Students identify the long and short sounds of /oo/ Essay: Written Response /oo/ Sound
The /Er/ /Ir/ /Ur/ 14 Students identify words that have the /er/, /ur/, and /ir/ sounds Essay: Written Response Sounds
15 The /ar/ Sound Students identify words that have the /ar/ sound in words Essay: Written Response
16 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound Essay: Written Response
17 Y as a Vowel Students identify words using /y/ as a vowel sound Essay: Written Response
The Diphthong /ou/ 18 Students work with spellings ow and ou representing the diphthong /ou/ Essay: Written Response & /ow/
The Diphthong /oi/ 19 Student work with the spellings oi and oy representing the diphthong /oi/ Essay: Written Response & /oy/
20 Silent Vowels Students identify silent vowels in words; second vowel is usually silent Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, d, f; sound of the letters 21 Initial Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response /b/, /d/, /f/
Students identify words that begin with the letters c, k, s; sound of the letters 22 Initial Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response /c/, /k/, /s/
Students identify words that begin with the letters g, h, j; sound of the letters 23 Initial Consonants 3 Essay: Written Response /g/, /h/, /j/
17
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify words that begin with the letters l, m, n; sound of the 24 Initial Consonants 4 Essay: Written Response letters /l/, /m/, /n/
Students identify words that begin with the letters p, q, r; sound of the letters 25 Initial Consonants 5 Essay: Written Response /p/, /q/, /r/
Students identify words that begin with the letters t, v, w; sound of the letters 26 Initial Consonants 6 Essay: Written Response /t/, /v/, /w/
Students identify words that begin with the letters y, z; sound of the letters 27 Initial Consonants 7 Essay: Written Response /y/, /z/
28 Final Consonants 1 Students identify words that end with k, b, x; sounds of ending /k/, /b/, /x/
29 Final Consonants 2 Students identify words that end with m, t, p; sounds of ending /m/, /t/, /p/ Essay: Written Response
30 Final Consonants 3 Students identify words that end with d, s, n; sounds of ending /d/, /s/, /n/ Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that end with g, l; sounds of ending /g/, /l/ Students 31 Final Consonants 4 Essay: Written Response identify words that end with r, f; sounds of ending /r/, /f/
Like and Unlike Students identify letters with similar features; (c, e, o), (b, p, q, d), (v, w, u), 32 Essay: Written Response Letters (j, i), (g, y, j, p), (m, n, w, v, r)
Like and Unlike Students identify words that look similar to other words; (on, no, so), (an, 33 Essay: Written Response Words am, and), (if, it, is, in)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (pl, pr, fl, fr, br, 34 Initial Blends 1 Essay: Written Response tr, sk, sn)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (gr, dr, cr, cl, gl, 35 Initial Blends 2 st, sc, sw, squ)
18
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends: sl, sp, bl, cl, sm, 36 Initial Blends 3 Essay: Written Response spl, spr, thr, str
Beginning Digraphs Definition of a digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 37 1 digraphs ch, gh and ph
Beginning Digraphs 38 Students identify words with sh and unvoiced th 2
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 39 Final Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response ch, ph, ck, and sh
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 40 Final Digraphs 2 th, gh, and ng
41 Basic Sight Words 1 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
42 Basic Sight Words 2 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
43 Syllables The identification and use of closed, open, and accented syllables
How to use a dictionary to determine the syllabication, pronunciation, 44 Dictionary Skills definition, and correct spelling of words
45 Prefixes/Suffixes Using prefixes and suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
46 Word Families Building vocabulary through the use of word families Essay: Written Response
47 Root Words Recognizing and using root words to build vocabulary
48 Compound Words Recognizing and forming compound words Essay: Written Response
19
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 49 Special Vocabulary Enrichment
20
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Introduction to 1 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants Building Vocabulary III Sounds 1
Introduction to 2 Students are introduced to all sounds, the definition of vowels and consonants Sounds 2
The Short /a/ Students identify short /a/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 3 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /e/ Students identify short /e/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 4 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify short /i/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 5 The Short /i/ Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /o/ Students identify short /o/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 6 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
The Short /u/ Students identify short /u/ sound in examples: consonant/vowel/consonant 7 Essay: Written Response Sound concept in creating short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 8 The Long /a/ Sound in long vowel sound
Students identify long /e/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 9 The Long /e/ Sound Essay: Written Response in long vowel sound
Students identify long /i/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 10 The Long /i/ Sound in long vowel sound
Students identify long /o/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 11 The Long /o/ Sound in long vowel sound
21
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify long /u/ sound in examples: vowel/consonant/vowel concept 12 The Long /u/ Sound in long vowel sound
The Long /oo/ 13 Students identify the long sound of /oo/ Essay: Written Response Sound
14 The /oo/ Sound Students identify the three sounds of /oo/ Essay: Written Response
The /er/ /ir/ /ur/ 15 Students identify words that have the /er/, /ur/, and /ir/ sounds Essay: Written Response Sounds
16 The /ar/ Sound Students identify words that have the /ar/ sound in words Essay: Written Response
17 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound Essay: Written Response
18 Y as a Vowel Students identify words using y as a vowel sound Essay: Written Response
The Diphthong /ou/ 19 Students work with spellings ow and ou representing the diphthong /ou/ Essay: Written Response & /ow/
The Diphthong /oi/ 20 Student work with the spellings oi and oy representing the diphthong /oi/ Essay: Written Response & /oy/
21 Silent Vowels Students identify silent vowels in words; second vowel is usually silent Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, d, f, g; sound of the 22 Initial Consonants 1 letters /b/, /d/, /f/, /g/; Students identify words that begin with the letters c, Essay: Written Response k, s; sound of the letters /c/, /k/, /s/
Students identify words that begin with the letters h, j, l, n; sound of the 23 Initial Consonants 2 letters /h/, /j/, /l/, /n/; Students identify words that begin with the letters n, Essay: Written Response p, q, r; sound of the letters /n/, /p/, /q/, /r/
22
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify words that begin with the letters t, v, w; sound of the letters 24 Initial Consonants 3 /t/, /v/, /w/; Students identify words that begin with the letters y, z; sound of Essay: Written Response the letters /y/, /z/
Initial Consonant 25 A review of initial consonants Essay: Written Response Review
Students identify words that end with k, b, x , m; sounds of ending /k/, /b/, 26 Final Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response /x/ /m/
Students identify words that end with t, p, d s; sounds of ending /t/, /p/, /d/ 27 Final Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response /s/
Students identify words that end with n, g, l; sounds of ending /n/, /g/, /l/; 28 Final Consonants 3 Essay: Written Response Students identify words that end with r, f; sounds of ending /r/, /f/
Like and Unlike Students identify letters with similar features; (c, e, o), (b, p, q, d), (v, w, 29 Essay: Written Response Letters u,), (j, i), (g, y, j, p), (m, n, w, v, r)
Like and Unlike Students identify words that look similar to other words; (on, no, so), (an, 30 Essay: Written Response Words am, and), (if, it, is, in)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (pl, pr, fl, fr, br, 31 Initial Blends 1 Essay: Written Response tr, scr, sk, sn)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (gr, dr, cr, cl, gl, 32 Initial Blends 2 st, sc, sw)
Definition of a blend; students identify examples of blends; (sl, sp, bl, sm, 33 Initial Blends 3 Essay: Written Response spl, spr, thr, str, th, squ)
23
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Beginning Digraphs Definition of a digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 34 Essay: Written Response 1 digraphs ch, gh, and ph
Beginning Digraphs 35 Students identify words with sh, voiced and unvoiced th, and wh Essay: Written Response 2
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 36 Final Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response ch, ck, and sh
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 37 Final Digraphs 2 Essay: Written Response th, gh, and ng
38 Basic Sight Words 1 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
39 Basic Sight Words 2 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Written Response
40 Basic Sight Words 3 Identify, use, and correctly spell basic sight words Essay: Activity
How to use a dictionary to determine the syllabication, pronunciation, 41 Dictionary Essay: Written Response definition, and correct spelling of words
42 Prefixes Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
43 Suffixes Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
44 Base Words Recognizing and using base words to build vocabulary Essay: Written Response
45 Compound Words Recognizing and forming compound words
46 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms
24
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 47 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms
48 Homonyms Recognizing homonyms Essay: Written Response
49 Contractions Identify and form contractions Essay: Written Response
25
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Building Vocabulary V 1 Dictionary 1 How to use a dictionary; parts of the dictionary; dictionary entry Essay: Written Response
How to use a dictionary to determine the syllabication, pronunciation key, 2 Dictionary 2 Essay: Written Response definition, and correct spelling of words
3 Thesaurus How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find similar word meanings Essay: Written Response
Multiple Meaning 4 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words
5 Sight Word Review Review of mastered basic sight words Essay: Written Response
6 Parts of Speech Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Written Response
Definition of analogy; strategies for solving types of relationships; students 7 Analogies Essay: Written Response practice completing analogies
8 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms Essay: Written Response
9 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms Essay: Written Response
Homonyms/ 10 Recognizing homonyms and homographs Essay: Written Response Homographs
11 Words in Context Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
12 Prefixes 1 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
13 Prefixes 2 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
14 Suffixes 1 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
26
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 15 Suffixes 2 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
Latin and Greek 16 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots
Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 17 Word Recognition Essay: Written Response context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots
18 What’s in a Word? Words borrowed from names and places Essay: Written Response
Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary Core Word Essay: Written Response 19 words in social science, including geography, history, economics, Vocabulary 1 anthropology, sociology, and civics
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 20 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 2 words art, music, and language arts
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 21 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 3 words in math, science, and computers
Test taking strategies; multiple choice; true/false; reading comprehension; 22 Testing Strategies Essay: Written Response vocabulary
Students identify short /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: 23 Short Vowel Sounds Essay: Written Response consonant/vowel/consonant concept in creating the short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: 24 Long Vowel Sounds vowel/consonant/vowel and consonant-vowel-vowel-consonant concepts in Essay: Written Response creating the long vowel sound
25 The /oo/ Sound Students identify long and short sounds of /oo/ in examples Essay: Written Response
27
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify words that have the /ur/ sound spelled er, ir, or and ur 26 The /ur/ Sound Essay: Written Response sounds
27 Diphthongs 1 Students work with spellings ow and ou Essay: Written Response
28 Diphthongs 2 Students work with spellings oi and oy Essay: Written Response
29 Words ending in Y Students identify words ending with the long "e" sound of "y" Essay: Written Response
30 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, d, f, h, j, k and l; sound 31 Initial Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response of the letters /b/, /d/, /f/, /h/, /j/, /k/ and /l/
Students identify words that begin with the letters m, n, p, r, s, t and v; 32 Initial Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response sound of the letters /m/, /n/, /p/, /r/, /s/, /t/ and /v/
Students identify words that begin with the letters c, g, q, w, y, and z; sound 33 Initial Consonants 3 of the letters /c/, /g/, /q/, /w/, /y/ and /z/; the hard and soft sounds of "c" Essay: Written Response and "g"
Students identify words that end with b, d, f, g, k. and l; sounds of ending 34 Final Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response /b/, /d/, /f/, /g/, /k/. and /l/
Students identify words that end with m, n, p, s, t, and x sounds of ending 35 Final Consonants 2 /m/, /n/, /p/, /s/, /t/ and /x/
Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: cl, cr, bl, br, dr, fl, 36 Consonant Blends 1 fr, gl, gr
Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: pl, pr, sp, spl, spr, 37 Consonant Blends 2 Essay: Written Response st, str
28
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: sc, scr, sk, sl, sm, 38 Consonant Blends 3 Essay: Written Response sn, sw, tr
Final Consonant 39 Students identify final consonant blends lb, ld, lf, lk, lp, lt, lm Essay: Written Response Blends 1
Final Consonant 40 Students identify final consonant blends ct, ft, mp, nd, nt, pt, tch Essay: Written Response Blends 2
Definition of digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 41 Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response digraphs ch, sh, wh, and th
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 42 Digraphs 2 Essay: Written Response gh, ph, ck, ng, nk
43 Silent Consonants Identify the silent consonants kn, wr, gn, mb, and igh Essay: Written Response
29
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
VBuilding Vocabular V 1 Dictionary How to use a dictionary, parts of the dictionary, and dictionary entry Essay: Written Response
2 Thesaurus How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find similar word meanings Essay: Activity
Syllables/ The identification and use of closed, open, and accented syllables, using a 3 Essay: Activity Pronunciation pronunciation key
Multiple Meaning 4 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words
Parts of Speech Building Vocabulary 5 Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Activity Review
Definition of analogy; strategies for solving types of relationships; students 6 Analogies Essay: Written Response practice completing analogies
7 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms Essay: Written Response
8 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms Essay: Written Response
Homonyms/ 9 Recognizing homonyms and homographs Essay: Activity Homographs
10 Words in Context 1 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Narrative Writing
11 Words in Context 2 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
12 Prefixes 1 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Activity
13 Prefixes 2 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
14 Suffixes 1 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Activity
30
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 15 Suffixes 2 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Activity
Latin and Greek 16 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots
Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 17 Word Recognition Essay: Written Response context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots
18 What’s in a Word? Words borrowed from names and places Essay: Activity
Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary Core Word 19 words in social science, including geography, history, economics, Essay: Activity Vocabulary 1 anthropology, sociology, and civics
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 20 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 2 words in math, art, music, and language arts
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 21 Essay: Letter Writing Vocabulary 3 words in science and computers
22 Testing Strategies Test taking strategies Essay: Written Response
Students identify short /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: 23 Short Vowel Sounds Essay: Written Response consonant/vowel/consonant concept in creating the short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: Long Vowels 24 vowel/consonant/vowel and consonant-vowel-vowel-consonant concepts in Essay: Written Response Sounds creating the long vowel sound
25 The /oo/ Sound Students identify long and short sounds of /oo/ in examples Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that have the /ur/ sound spelled er, ir, or, and ur 26 The /ur/ Sound Essay: Written Response sounds
31
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 27 Diphthongs 1 Students work with spellings ow and ou Essay: Written Response
28 Diphthongs 2 Students work with spellings oi and oy Essay: Written Response
29 Words ending in Y Students identify words ending with the long e sound of y
30 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, d, f, h, j, k, and l; sound 31 Initial Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response of the letters /b/, /d/, /f/, /h/, /j/, /k/, and /l/
Students identify words that begin with the letters m, n, p, r, s, t, and v; 32 Initial Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response sound of the letters /m/, /n/, /p/, /r/, /s/, /t/, and /v/
Students identify words that begin with the letters c, g, q, w, y, and z; sound 33 Initial Consonants 3 of the letters /c/, /g/, /q/, /w/, /y/, and /z/; the hard and soft sounds of 'c' Essay: Written Response and 'g'
Students identify words that end with b, d, f, g, k, and l; sounds of ending 34 Final Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response /b/, /d/, /f/, /g/, /k/, and /l/
Students identify words that end with m, n, p, s, t, and x sounds of ending 35 Final Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response /m/, /n/, /p/, /s/, /t/, and /x/
Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: cl, cr, bl, br, dr, fl, 36 Consonant Blends 1 Essay: Written Response fr, gl, gr
Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: pl, pr, sp, spl, spr, 37 Consonant Blends 2 Essay: Written Response scr, st, str
Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends: sci, scr, sk, sl, sm, 38 Consonant Blends 3 Essay: Written Response sn, sw, tr
32
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Final Consonant 39 Students identify final consonant blends: lb, ld, lf, lk, lp, lt, lm Essay: Written Response Blends 1
Final Consonant 40 Students identify final consonant blends: ct, ft, mp, nd, nt, pt, tch Blends 2
Definition of digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 41 Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response digraphs ch, sh, wh, and th
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 42 Digraphs 2 gh, ph, ck, ng, nk
43 Silent Consonants Identify the silent consonants kn, wr, gn, mb, and igh Essay: Written Response
33
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Dictionary How to use a dictionary, parts of the dictionary, and dictionary entry Essay: Written Response
2 Thesaurus How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find similar word meanings Essay: Written Response
The identification and use of closed, open, and accented syllables, using a Building Vocabulary VI 3 Syllabication Essay: Written Response pronunciation key
Multiple Meaning 4 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 1
Multiple Meaning 5 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 2
Parts of Speech 6 Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Written Response Review
Definition of analogy, strategies for solving types of relationships, students 7 Analogies Essay: Written Response practice completing analogies
8 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms Essay: Written Response
9 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms Essay: Written Response
10 Homographs Recognizing homographs Essay: Written Response
11 Words in Context 1 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
12 Words in Context 2 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning
13 Prefixes 1 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
34
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Prefixes 2 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Narrative Writing
15 Suffixes 1 Using suffixes to determine word meaning
16 Suffixes 2 Using suffixes to determine word meaning
Latin & Greek Roots 17 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response 1
Latin & Greek Roots 18 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response 2
Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 19 Word Recognition Essay: Written Response context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots
20 What’s in a Word? Words borrowed from names and places Essay: Written Response
21 Foreign Terms Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies
22 Foreign Phrases Foreign phrases that enrich and extend vocabularies
Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary Core Word 23 words in social science, including geography, history, economics, Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 1 anthropology, sociology, and civics
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 24 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 2 words in art, music, and language arts
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 25 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 3 words in math, science, and computers
35
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Test taking strategies, multiple choice; true/false; reading comprehension; 26 Testing Vocabulary Essay: Narrative Writing vocabulary
Students identify short /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: 27 Short Vowel Sounds Essay: Written Response consonant/vowel/consonant concept in creating the short vowel sound
Students identify long /a/, /e/, /i/, /o/, and /u/ sounds in examples: 28 Long Vowel Sounds vowel/consonant/vowel and consonant-vowel-vowel-consonant concepts in Essay: Written Response creating the long vowel sound
29 The /oo/ Sound Students identify long and short sounds of /oo/ in examples Essay: Written Response
Students identify words that have the /ur/ sound spelled er, ir, or and ur 30 The /ur/ Sound Essay: Written Response sounds
31 Diphthong 1 Students work with spellings ow and ou Essay: Written Response
32 Diphthong 2 Students work with spellings oi and oy Essay: Written Response
33 Words ending in Y Students identify words ending with the long e sound of y Essay: Written Response
34 The /or/ Sound Students identify words having the /or/ sound Essay: Narrative Writing
Students identify words that begin with the letters b, d, f, h, j, k and l; sound 35 Initial Consonants 1 Essay: Written Response of the letters /b/, /d/, /f/, /h/, /j/, /k/ and /l/
Students identify words that begin with the letters m, n, p, r, s, t and v; 36 Initial Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response sound of the letters /m/, /n/, /p/, /r/, /s/, /t/ and /v/
Students identify words that begin with the letters c, g, q, w, y, and z; sound 37 Initial Consonants 3 of the letters /c/, /g/, /q/, /w/, /y/ and /z/; the hard and soft sounds of c and Essay: Written Response g
36
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Students identify words that begin with the letters c, g, q, w, y, and z; sound 38 Final Consonants 1 of the letters /c/, /g/, /q/, /w/, /y/ and /z/; the hard and soft sounds of c and Essay: Written Response g
Students identify words that end with m, n, p, s, t, and x sounds of ending 39 Final Consonants 2 Essay: Written Response /m/, /n/, /p/, /s/, /t/ and /x/
Consonants Blends Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends; cl, cr, bl, br, dr, fl, 40 Essay: Written Response 1 fr, gl, gr
Consonants Blends Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends; pl, pr, sp, spl, spr, 41 Essay: Written Response 2 st, str
Consonants Blends Definition of blend; students identify examples of blends; sci, scr, sk, sl, sm, 42 Essay: Written Response 3 sn, sw, tr
Final Consonant 43 Students identify final consonant blends lb, ld, lf, lk, lp, lt, lm Essay: Written Response Blends 1
Final Consonant 44 Students identify final consonant blends ct, ft, mp, nd, nt, pt, tch Essay: Written Response Blends 2
Definition of digraph; example of digraph; students complete words using 45 Digraphs 1 Essay: Written Response digraphs ch, sh, wh, and th
Location of digraphs in words; students complete words with correct digraphs 46 Digraphs 2 Essay: Written Response gh, ph, ck, ng, nk
47 Silent Consonants Identify the silent consonants kn, wr, gn, mb, and igh Essay: Written Response
37
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Dictionary How to use a dictionary; parts of the dictionary; dictionary entry Essay: Research
2 Thesaurus How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find similar word meanings Essay: Research
Syllables/ The identification and use of closed, open, and accented syllables; using a Building Vocabulary VII 3 Essay: Written Response Pronunciation pronunciation key
Multiple Meaning 4 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 1
Multiple Meaning 5 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 2
Parts of Speech 6 Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Written Response Review
Definition of analogy; strategies for solving types of relationships; students 7 Analogies Essay: Written Response practice completing analogies
8 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms Essay: Narrative Writing
9 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms Essay: Written Response
10 Homonyms Recognizing homonyms Essay: Written Response
11 Words in Context 1 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
12 Words in Context 2 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
13 Prefixes 1 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
38
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Prefixes 2 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
15 Suffixes 1 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
16 Suffixes 2 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
Latin and Greek 17 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots 1
Latin and Greek 18 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots 2
Latin and Greek 19 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots 3
Latin and Greek 20 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Research Roots 4
Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 21 Word Recognition context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots
22 What’s in a Word? Words borrowed from names and places Essay: Written Response
23 Foreign Terms 1 Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
24 Foreign Terms 2 Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
25 Foreign Phrases 1 Foreign phrases that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Letter Writing
26 Foreign Phrases 2 Foreign phrases that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
39
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary Core Word 27 words in social science, including geography, history, economics, Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 1 anthropology, sociology, and civics
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 28 Vocabulary 2 words in art, music, and language arts
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 29 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 3 words in math, science, and computers
Test taking strategies, multiple choice; true/false; reading comprehension 30 Test Strategies Essay: Written Response vocabulary
31 Sounds for Y Sounds for ending y; students identify /y/ sound in words Essay: Written Response
Vowel Diphthong 32 Diphthongs; students complete words using correct Diphthongs Essay: Activity Review
Vowel Clusters Use of vowel, consonant, vowel to create long /a/ or /e/ vowel sound; silent 33 Essay: Narrative Writing Review 1 letters; students identify long /a/ or long /e/ words
Vowel Clusters Use of vowel, consonant, vowel to create long /i/, long /o/, or long /u/ vowel 34 Essay: Written Response Review 2 sound; silent letters; students identify long /i/, or long /o/ or long /u/ words
Vowel Clusters 35 Review of sounds made by /oo/; students identify /oo/ sounds in words Essay: Written Response Review 3
Vowel Clusters Review of sounds made by /ow/, /au/, and /aw/; students identify /ow/, /au/, 36 Essay: Written Response Review 4 and /aw sounds in words
Review of /er/ and /or/ sounds: students complete words using correct /ar/, 37 R Controlled Vowels Essay: Written Response /er/, /ir/, /ur/, and /or/ spelling
40
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 38 Short Vowel Review Students identify short vowel words Essay: Written Response
Hard c and soft c explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 39 Two Sounds for C Essay: Activity students identify hard and soft c in words
Hard g and soft g explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 40 Two Sounds for G Essay: Letter Writing students identify hard and soft g in words
Examples of ending s having the /z/ sound; students identify words with 41 Two Sounds for S Essay: Written Response different sounds of s
42 Consonants Students place consonants at the beginning or end of words Essay: Written Response
Initial Blends Definition and review of consonant blends using l, r, tw, and the s 43 Essay: Written Response Review combination
Final Consonant Review of ending blends ld, lt., nd, nt, and nk; students complete words using 44 Essay: Written Response Blends 1 the correct consonant blend
Final Consonant 45 Review of ending blends ct, st, sk, rm, and rn Essay: Written Response Blends 2
Initial 3-Letter Examples of words having scr, spr, spl, squ, sch, and thr; students complete 46 Essay: Activity Blends words with the correct blends
Introduction of words that use silent letters (kn, wr, and gn); Students 47 Silent Letters complete words with the correct sounds
Review of the /f/ sound made by ph; students complete words using the 48 The Sound of /ph/ Essay: Written Activity correct spelling
41
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Dictionary Skills How to use a dictionary, parts of the dictionary, and dictionary entry Essay: Written Response
2 Thesaurus How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find similar word meanings Essay: Research
The history or origin of words, the origin of words as listed in a dictionary 3 Etymology Essay: Research entry
Multiple Meaning Building Vocabulary VIII 4 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 1
Multiple Meaning 5 Identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response Words 2
Parts of Speech 6 Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Written Response Review
Definition of analogy, strategies for solving types of relationships, students 7 Analogies Essay: Written Response practice completing analogies
8 Synonyms Improving vocabulary through synonyms Essay: Written Response
9 Antonyms Improving vocabulary through antonyms Essay: Written Response
Homonyms/ 10 Recognizing homonyms and homographs Essay: Written Response Homographs
11 Words in Context 1 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
12 Words in Context 2 Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning Essay: Written Response
13 Prefixes 1 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Activity
42
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Prefixes 2 Using prefixes to determine word meaning Essay: Written Response
15 Suffixes 1 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Activity
16 Suffixes 2 Using suffixes to determine word meaning Essay: Narrative Writing
Latin and Greek 17 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Letter Writing Roots 1
Latin and Greek 18 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Narrative Writing Roots 2
Latin and Greek 19 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots 3
Latin and Greek 20 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Essay: Written Response Roots 4
Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 21 Word Recognition Essay: Written Response context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots
22 What’s in a Word? Words borrowed from names and places Essay: Research
23 Foreign Terms 1 Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Narrative Writing
24 Foreign Terms 2 Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
25 Foreign Phrases 1 Foreign phrases that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
26 Foreign Phrases 2 Foreign phrases that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Written Response
43
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary Core Word 27 words in social science, including geography, history, economics, Essay: Letter Writing Vocabulary 1 anthropology, sociology, and civics
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 28 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 2 words in art, music, and language arts
Core Word Promoting vocabulary growth through the identification of core vocabulary 29 Essay: Written Response Vocabulary 3 words in math, science, and computers
30 Testing Vocabulary Test taking strategies Essay: Research
Vowel Diphthong Diphthongs, digraphs; students complete words using correct vowel 31 Essay: Written Response Review combinations
Vowel Clusters Use of vowel, consonant, vowel to create long /a/, /e/, /i/, and /u/ vowel 32 Essay: Activity Review 1 sound; silent letters; students identify long /a/, /e/, /i/, and /u/ words
Vowel Clusters 33 Review of sounds made by /oo/; students identify /oo/ sounds in words Essay: Written Response Review 2
Vowel Clusters Review of sounds made by /au/ and /aw/; students identify /au/ and /aw 34 Essay: Written Response Review 3 sounds in words
Review of /er/ and /or/ sounds: students complete words using correct /ar/, 35 R Controlled Vowels Essay: Written Response /er/, /ir/, /ur/, and /or/ spelling
36 Short Vowel Review Students identify short vowel words Essay: Written Response
Hard c and soft c explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 37 Two Sounds for C Essay: Activity students identify hard and soft c in words
44
A+nyWhere Learning System Building Vocabulary VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Hard g and soft g explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 38 Two Sounds for G Essay: Written Response students identify hard and soft g in words
Examples of ending s having the /z/ sound; students identify words with 39 Two Sounds for S Essay: Narrative Writing different sounds of s
Initial/Final 40 Students place consonants at the beginning or end of words Essay: Activity Consonants
Definition and review of consonant blends using l, r, tw, and the s 41 Initial Blends Essay: Narrative Writing combination
Final Consonant Review of ending blends ld, lt, nd, nt and nk; students complete words using 42 Essay: Written Response Blends 1 the correct consonant blend
Final Consonant 43 Review of ending blends ct, st, sk, rm, and rn Essay: Narrative Writing Blends 2
Initial/Final 44 Review of digraphs; students complete words using sh, ch, wh, and th Essay: Written Response Digraphs
Initial 3-Letter Examples of words having scr, spr, spl, squ, sch, and thr; students complete 45 Essay: Written Response Blends words with the correct blends
Introduction of words that use silent letters kn, wr, and gn; Students 46 Silent Letters 1 Essay: Written Response complete words with the correct sounds
Introduction of words that use silent letters gh, lk, rh, sc, and tl; Students 47 Silent Letters 2 Essay: Written Response complete words with the correct sounds
Review of the /f/ sound made by ph; students complete words using the 48 The sound of Ph Essay: Written Response correct spelling
45
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Language Usage I–VIII Grade Levels 1–8
A+LS Language Usage I–VIII introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• extensive tutorial and instructional narration in grade levels 1-3 • identification and correct use of nouns, verbs, modifiers, and the other parts of speech • sentence construction • identifying sentence parts including simple and complex subjects and predicates, verbs, and phrases • sentence diagramming • identification of grammar pitfalls including subject/verb disagreement, tense shifts, double negatives, fragments and run-on sentences • parallelism • misused words • sentence mechanics • capitalization guidelines • writing dialogue • punctuation for periods, commas, colons, and other marks • punctuation for outlines • business and friendly letters • poetry • direct and indirect quotations
46
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
The A+LS Language Usage courses are comprehensive, integrated grammar courses for grade levels 1-8. This program directs students beginning with early grades in the proper use of the spoken and written English language. Language Usage I, II, and III have tutorial and instructional voice support. A sequence of eight titles provides an extensive e-learning solution ideal for schools that want to use technology to improve their instructional process. Each Language Usage title offers tutoring in the use the English language through lessons that focus on each part of speech.
• Language Usage is presented as a collection of year-long courses.
• All lessons contain a study guide, a practice and mastery test, and an essay or constructed response.
• Lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing.
• These courses are certified by MetaMetrics® with a Lexile® score.
• The A+LS program consists of an Internet-based instructional management system with student assessment tools built in, and educators can test students on national, state, district, or local objectives because any set of standards can be added to the system.
47
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
• The content in these courses is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) for the Standards of English Language Arts.
• Students learn to identify and correctly use nouns, verbs, modifiers, and the other parts of speech.
• Students learn the importance of sentence construction and identifying sentence parts including simple and complex subjects and predicates, verbs, and phrases.
• Sentence mechanics are addressed in each title.
• Students learn simple capitalization rules and guidelines for capitalization, underlining, and writing dialogue.
• Punctuation lessons offer guidelines for using periods, commas, colons, and other marks, and punctuation for outlines, business and friendly letters, poetry, and direct and indirect quotations.
48
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels I–VIII
The Language Usage courses develop skills in practical situations by utilizing a Four-Step Approach: Study Guide, Practice Test, Mastery Test, and Essay modules are used to define the instructional environment.
• The Study Guide module provides a text- and graphics-based delivery of material that is reinforced by pictures and diagrams supported by a wealth of content. Study Guides teach the concepts and skills associated with each lesson. A number of the Study Guide pages have specific, interactive feedback that will assist the student in solving problems or understanding concepts.
• The Practice Test module allows the student to practice skills learned in the Study Guide section. The student has instant access to the study material for reference.
• In the Mastery Test module, the student takes a scored examination, electronically submits the test, and the results are recorded in the A+LS Management System.
• The Essay module allows the student to compose individual, free-form answers to a wide variety of questions and problems.
49
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Nouns 1 Definition and use of nouns; students locate nouns in sentences Essay: Written Response
2 Nouns 2 Students learn how to identify singular nouns in sentences Essay: Written Response
Review of singular nouns; introduction of plural nouns; adding -s and -es to Language Usage I 3 Nouns 3 Essay: Written Response form plurals in nouns
Definition and examples of common and proper nouns; students find proper 4 Nouns 4 Essay: Written Response nouns in sentences
Introduction of verbs; definition of verbs; the job of the verb to tell what the 5 Verbs 1 Essay: Written Response subject does; students find verbs in sentences
Definition of contractions; the formation of contractions; the use of not in 6 Verbs 2 Essay: Written Response contractions
Review of verbs; introduction of tenses; examples of present and past tense 7 Verbs 3 Essay: Written Response verbs
8 Verbs 4 Singular and plural verbs; the importance of subject and verb agreement Essay: Written Response
Review of verbs; how to find a verb in a sentence; identifying present and 9 Verbs 5 Essay: Written Response past tense verbs
Definition and examples of conjunctions; how conjunctions join sentence parts 10 Conjunctions Essay: Written Response and words
Introduction to adjectives as words that describe; students practice finding 11 Adjectives 1 Essay: Written Response adjectives in sentences
Review of adjectives; introduction to comparison in adjectives; adding -er and 12 Adjectives 2 -est to form comparative forms of adjectives
50
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Review of nouns and verbs; students identify nouns and verbs in sentences 13 Grammar 1 Essay: Written Response with the use of picture prompts
Review of singular and plural nouns; singular and plural verbs; subject/verb 14 Grammar 2 Essay: Written Response agreement
Grammar Identifying double negatives; review of contractions and the use of not in 15 Essay: Written Response Improvements 1 contractions; identifying double negatives in sentences
Grammar 16 Review of sentence definition; students find the complete subject in sentences Essay: Written Response Improvements 2
Recognize that words represent ideas, experiences, objects, events, and 17 Word Application actions; naming and describing action words; how we use words to Essay: Written Response communicate
Identify upper and lower case letters; using capital letters with the first word 18 Capitalization 1 in a sentence; capitalizing the pronoun I
Capitalize proper nouns; names of people, places, months, and days of the 19 Capitalization 2 Essay: Written Response week
Punctuation at the end of declarative, imperative, interrogative and 20 Punctuation Essay: Written Response exclamatory sentences (.? !)
Introduction of sentence definition; how we use sentences to communicate; 21 Sentences 1 Essay: Written Response write stories; review of complete sentences
Review of nouns and verbs; the use of nouns and verbs in a sentence; the 22 Sentences 2 Essay: Written Response importance of word order in sentences
51
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Review of complete sentences; use of capital letters and punctuation marks; 23 Sentences 3 Essay: Written Response the importance of complete thoughts in sentences
Finding complete sentences; students identify and correct incomplete 24 Sentences 4 Essay: Written Response sentences
Introduction to sentences that tell; the correct use of punctuation end marks 25 Sentences 5 Essay: Written Response in telling sentences
Introduction to sentences that command; the correct use of punctuation end 26 Sentences 6 Essay: Written Response marks in command sentences
Introduction to sentences that show feeling; the correct use of punctuation 27 Sentences 7 Essay: Written Response end marks in sentences that show feeling
Introduction to sentences that ask; the correct use of punctuation end marks 28 Sentences 8 Essay: Written Response in asking sentences
Definition and examples of abbreviations; the use of abbreviations; 29 Abbreviations abbreviating months, titles, days of the week; using capital letters with Essay: Written Response abbreviations
How to alphabetize words; using the dictionary to determine alphabetical 30 Alphabetical Order order; examples of alphabetical order; students place words in alphabetical Essay: Activity order
Noun and Verb Review of nouns and verbs including common and proper nouns; finding the 31 Essay: Activity Review verbs in a sentence
32 Punctuation Review Review of when to use capital letters and punctuation marks
52
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Contractions Review of rules for forming contractions; the use of the apostrophe in 33 Essay: Activity Review contractions
53
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Definition of nouns as people, places, animals, and things; finding nouns in Language Usage II 1 Nouns 1 Essay: Written Response sentences; counting nouns in sentences
Definition of singular and plural nouns; students identify and use singular and 2 Nouns 2 Essay: Written Response plural nouns in sentences
Definition of common and proper nouns; differences between common nouns 3 Nouns 3 Essay: Written Response and proper nouns; students identify common and proper nouns
Students learn to identify and use nouns as sentence subjects; nouns in 4 Nouns 4 Essay: Written Response sentences
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 5 Nouns 5 Essay: Illustration words in sentences
6 Verbs 1 Definition and use of verbs; students recognize verbs in sentences Essay: Written Response
Definition and examples of verbs in present and past tense; understanding 7 Verbs 2 the difference between action that is happening and action that has already Essay: Written Response happened
Identification of contractions; using contractions in sentences; finding the 8 Verbs 3 Essay: Written Response words that can form contractions
Definition of singular and plural; subject/verb agreement in sentences; 9 Verbs 4 Essay: Written Response singular and plural verb forms
Introduction to regular and irregular verbs; examples of how regular and 10 Verbs 5 irregular verbs form their past tenses; adding -ed to form tense; words that Essay: Written Response have a different word for past tense
54
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identification and examples of helping verbs; using helping verbs with present 11 Verbs 6 Essay: Written Response and past tense verbs
Identification and examples of linking verbs; how linking verbs link nouns to 12 Verbs 7 Essay: Written Response describing words
Identifying main verbs and helping verbs in sentences; the job of the main 13 Verbs 8 Essay: Written Response verb and the helping verb in a sentence
Definition of verb tense; students learn to add -ed and -ing to words; 14 Verbs 9 Essay: Written Response changing the spelling of a word before adding -ed and –ing
15 Verbs 10 Students identify and use verbs that show action Essay: Written Response
Students learn how to add endings to words that end in y; changing the 16 Verbs 11 Essay: Written Response spelling of words ending in y
17 Special Verbs 1 Introduction to the irregular verb be; forms of be including is, are, was, were Essay: Written Response
Students use forms of do, including did, does, and done, correctly in 18 Special Verbs 2 sentences; students learn which forms of do are used with singular and plural Essay: Written Response words
Students identify and use forms of have including: has, had, and have; 19 Special Verbs 3 students learn how to use forms of have with singular and plural nouns and in Essay: Written Response past and present tense
Identification and examples of conjunctions; students correctly use 20 Conjunctions Essay: Written Response conjunctions in sentences
Pronoun definition and examples; correctly identify and use pronouns in a 21 Pronouns 1 Essay: Written Response sentence; pronouns for first, second, and third person
55
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of nominative or naming case pronouns; using 22 Pronouns 2 Essay: Written Response pronouns as the subject of sentences
Definition of object pronouns; students determine if pronoun is naming or 23 Pronouns 3 Essay: Written Response object; students correctly use object pronouns in sentences
Definition of possession; examples of pronouns that show possession; 24 Pronouns 4 Essay: Written Response possessive case pronouns
25 Pronouns 5 Identification and use of personal singular and plural pronouns Essay: Written Response
The importance of naming self last in writing, speaking, and in a series of 26 Pronouns 6 Essay: Written Response words; identifying self in first and third person
Singular and plural nouns; nouns that change from singular to plural by 27 Grammar 1 adding -s; nouns that use a different word to indicate plurality; nouns that Essay: Written Response have the same form in both singular and plural
Rules for spelling when forming plurals; importance of subject/verb 28 Grammar 2 Essay: Written Response agreement
Rules for forming possessive nouns; adding –‘s to show possession; rules for 29 Grammar 3 Essay: Written Response showing possession with words that end with -ed, -s, and the /z/ sound
Recognize that words represent ideas, experiences, objects, events, and 30 Word Application actions; naming and describing action words; identify incomplete and Essay: Written Response complete sentences
Definition of an adjective; describing words; students recognize and use 31 Adjectives Essay: Written Response adjectives in a sentence
32 Adverbs Definition of an adverb; recognize and use adverbs in a sentence Essay: Activity
56
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Grammar Definition and examples of articles; correctly using a and an; using articles as 33 Essay: Written Response Improvements 1 specific or general indicators
Grammar Definition of a negative; examples of negative words; identifying double 34 Essay: Written Response Improvements 2 negatives
Grammar 35 Definition of a predicate; students identify subjects and predicates Essay: Written Response Improvements 3
36 Capitalization 1 Capitalizing first words in sentences Essay: Written Response
Recognizing proper nouns, capitalizing titles and initials, greetings and 37 Capitalization 2 Essay: Written Response closings of letters, and abbreviations
38 Capitalization 3 Family titles and greeting; closing of a letter Essay: Written Response
39 Punctuation 1 Punctuation at the end of declarative, imperative and asking sentences Essay: Written Response
Directions for addressing envelopes for friendly letters; the mailing address 40 Punctuation 2 Essay: Written Response and the return address
41 Punctuation 3 Using a comma after introductory words Essay: Written Response
42 Punctuation 4 Using a colon to write the time of day Essay: Written Response
43 Sentences 1 Word order and definition of a sentence; introduction to sequence Essay: Written Response
44 Sentences 2 Simple and compound sentences; complete and fragment sentences Essay: Written Response
57
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Nouns 1 Definition and use of nouns; students locate nouns in sentences Essay: Written Response
2 Nouns 2 Singular nouns Essay: Written Response
3 Nouns 3 Plural nouns Essay: Written Response
4 Nouns 4 Common and proper nouns Essay: Written Response
Definition and use of verbs; identify verbs and verb usage in sentences; Language Usage III 5 Verbs 1 Essay: Written Response regular verbs; action verbs; colorful and tricky verbs
6 Verbs 2 The tenses; present tense verbs Essay: Written Response
7 Verbs 3 Past tense verbs Essay: Written Response
8 Verbs 4 Verb phrases; helping and auxiliary verbs; auxiliary verbs Essay: Written Response
9 Verbs 5 Main verbs and helping verbs; verb phrases Essay: Written Response
10 Verbs 6 Linking verbs; forms of be Essay: Written Response
11 Verbs 7 Irregular verbs; forms of do; forms of have Essay: Written Response
12 Verbs 8 Transitive verbs; direct objects Essay: Written Response
13 Verbs 9 Intransitive verbs; predicate adjectives Essay: Written Response
14 Verbs 10 Review of transitive and intransitive verbs Essay: Written Response
Contractions; how contractions are formed; the apostrophe that replaces 15 Verbs 11 Essay: Written Response letters omitted
58
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 16 Verbs 12 Negatives and double negatives; adverbs and adjectives Essay: Written Response
17 Conjunctions Correctly use conjunctions in sentences Essay: Written Response
Definitions of pronouns; correctly identify a pronoun in a sentence; pronoun 18 Pronouns 1 case forms; pronoun usage; correctly substitute nouns for pronouns; singular Essay: Written Response and plural pronouns
19 Pronouns 2 Nominative case pronouns; subjective pronouns Essay: Written Response
20 Pronouns 3 Objective case pronouns Essay: Written Response
21 Pronouns 4 Possessive case pronouns; personal pronouns Essay: Written Response
22 Pronouns 5 The tradition of naming self last Essay: Written Response
23 Capitalization 1 Capitalizing common and proper nouns: first word in sentence Essay: Written Response
Capitalizing titles of books, newspapers, reports, songs, letters, and television 24 Capitalization 2 Essay: Written Response shows
25 Punctuation 1 At the end of declarative sentences; at the end of imperative sentences Essay: Written Response
26 Punctuation 2 Using question marks and exclamation marks Essay: Written Response
Introductory words, phrases, or clauses; the use of punctuation with 27 Punctuation 3 Essay: Written Response appositives; the use of a comma after introductory words
28 Punctuation 4 Punctuation of items in a series Essay: Written Response
59
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The use of an apostrophe to show possession; identify need to punctuate with 29 Punctuation 5 Essay: Written Response apostrophes and in contractions
30 Sentences 1 Sentence definition; complete sentences; sentence fragments Essay: Written Response
31 Sentences 2 Word order of sentences Essay: Written Response
32 Sentences 3 Definition and examples of run-on sentences Essay: Written Response
Simple and compound sentences; the use of a comma in a compound 33 Sentences 4 Essay: Written Response sentence
34 Sentences 5 Declarative sentences; interrogative sentences Essay: Written Response
35 Sentences 6 Imperative sentences; exclamatory sentences Essay: Written Response
36 Sentences 7 Subjects and predicates Essay: Written Response
37 Adjectives 1 Adjectives; tricky words such as: may/can, should/would, and good/well Essay: Written Response
38 Adjectives 2 How adjectives make sentences more colorful; students identify adjectives Essay: Written Response
39 Adjectives 3 Adjectives as articles Essay: Written Response
40 Adverbs Definition and examples of adverbs Essay: Written Response
60
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Nouns 1 Definition and use of nouns Essay: Written Response
2 Nouns 2 Identification of singular and plural nouns; spelling changes in forming plurals Essay: Written Response
3 Nouns 3 Identification of common and proper nouns Essay: Written Response
Definitions of pronouns; correctly identify a pronoun in a sentence; subject Language Usage IV 4 Pronouns 1 Essay: Narrative Writing and object pronouns
5 Pronouns 2 Nominative case pronouns Essay: Written Response
Pronouns in compound subjects and objects; personal pronouns; subject 6 Pronouns 3 Essay: Narrative Writing pronouns
7 Pronouns 4 Possessive nouns and pronouns Essay: Written Response
8 Verbs 1 Definition and use of action verbs; identify verbs and verb usage in sentences Essay: Written Response
Verbs, present tense verbs, and past tense verbs; past participles; regular 9 Verbs 2 Essay: Written Response and irregular verbs
10 Verbs 3 Linking verbs Essay: Written Response
11 Verbs 4 Main and helping verbs Essay: Written Response
12 Verbs 5 Transitive and intransitive verbs Essay: Narrative Writing
13 Verbs 6 Tricky verbs Essay: Written Response
14 Verbs 7 Forms of be, do, and have Essay: Written Response
61
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 15 Contractions Definition, formation, and use of contractions Essay: Letter Writing
16 Conjunctions Definition and use of conjunctions Essay: Letter Writing
Adjective definition; proper adjectives; predicate adjectives; demonstrative 17 Adjectives 1 Essay: Written Response adjectives
18 Articles Identification and correct use of articles; general and specific articles Essay: Written Response
Prepositional 19 Prepositional phrases used as adjectives Essay: Written Response Phrases
20 Adjectives 2 Positive, comparative, and superlative degrees of comparison in adjectives Essay: Written Response
21 Adverbs 1 Adverb definition and use Essay: Written Response
22 Adverbs 2 Using prepositional phrases as adverbs Essay: Written Response
23 Adverbs 3 Comparative and superlative forms of adverbs Essay: Letter Writing
Identify and correctly use prepositions; object of the preposition; 24 Prepositions Essay: Written Response prepositional phrases
25 Interjections Identify and correctly use words that express strong feelings Essay: Written Response
26 Sentences 1 Sentence definition; identifying subjects and predicates Essay: Written Response
27 Sentences 2 Complete sentences; run-on sentences; sentence fragments Essay: Written Response
Simple and compound sentences; using a semi-colon in punctuating 28 Sentences 3 Essay: Written Response compound sentences
62
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 29 Sentences 4 Declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and interrogative sentences Essay: Narrative Writing
30 Sentences 5 Diagramming sentences
Subject/Verb 31 Importance of subject/verb agreement Essay: Written Response Agreement
32 Parts of Speech Recognize and use the eight parts of speech in sentences Essay: Activity
Recognize and correctly use words such as: accept, except; affect, effect; are, 33 Problem Words our; its, it’s; your, you’re; bad, badly; good, well; real, really; beside, Essay: Written Response besides; from, off; in, into
34 Capitalization 1 Punctuation and capitalization of abbreviations at the beginning of sentences Essay: Written Response
35 Capitalization 2 Punctuation and capitalization of family titles, initials, and personal pronouns Essay: Written Response
36 Capitalization 3 Capitalization in outlines Essay: Written Response
Punctuation and capitalization of titles; underlining; capitalization in 37 Capitalization 4 Essay: Written Response quotations; capitalization in book, magazine, and television show titles
38 Punctuation 1 Using punctuation in direct quotes and dialogue Essay: Written Response
39 Punctuation 2 Punctuation at the end of imperative and declarative sentences Essay: Written Response
40 Punctuation 3 Punctuation in interrogative and exclamatory sentences Essay: Written Response
Punctuation and capitalization of dates, cities, states, greetings, and closing of 41 Punctuation 4 Essay: Letter Writing letters
63
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 42 Punctuation 5 Use of colons in business letters; in writing time; how to write a list Essay: Letter Writing
43 Punctuation 6 The use of punctuation with appositives Essay: Written Response
The use of commas in bibliographies, in lists, and with introductory words; the 44 Punctuation 7 Essay: Written Response use of the semi-colon with commas
Making a series of items; words and phrases follow a pattern; using the same 45 Parallelism Essay: Written Response verb form to create parallelism
Identify the correct placement of modifiers in sentences; identifying and 46 Modifiers Essay: Written Response avoiding misplaced modifiers
Grammar 47 Avoiding unnecessary shifts in tense Essay: Narrative Writing Improvements
64
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Nouns 1 Definition and use of nouns Essay: Written Response
2 Nouns 2 Singular and plural nouns Essay: Written Response
3 Nouns 3 Common and proper nouns; rules of capitalization of nouns Essay: Written Response
4 Nouns 4 Possessive nouns; rules of punctuation of nouns Essay: Written Response
5 Nouns 5 Review of plural and possessive forms of nouns Essay: Written Response
6 Verbs 1 Definition and use of verbs; present, past and future tense of verbs Essay: Narrative Writing
7 Verbs 2 Irregular verb forms of be, do and have Essay: Written Response
8 Verbs 3 Contractions; punctuation of contractions Essay: Written Response
9 Verbs 4 Main and helping verbs; usage of may and can, and would and could Essay: Written Response
10 Verbs 5 Action and linking verbs; helping verbs Essay: Written Response
11 Verbs 6 Transitive verbs; intransitive verbs Essay: Narrative Writing
Definitions of pronouns; correctly identify a pronoun in a sentence; subject Language Usage V 12 Pronouns 1 Essay: Narrative Writing and object pronouns; antecedents
13 Pronouns 2 Subjective (nominative); objective and possessive case pronouns Essay: Interview
14 Pronouns 3 Correctly substitute nouns for pronouns Essay: Narrative Writing
Using end marks; capitalization and punctuation of declarative, imperative, 15 Punctuation 1 Essay: Written Response exclamatory, and interrogative sentences
65
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 16 Punctuation 2 Punctuating abbreviations, initials, titles, and capitalization Essay: Letter Writing
17 Punctuation 3 Punctuating dates, greetings and closing of letters, and addresses Essay: Letter Writing
18 Punctuation 4 The use of punctuation with appositives Essay: Narrative Writing
19 Punctuation 5 Punctuation of bibliographic references and outlines; capitalization rules Essay: Written Response
Use a colon to write the time of day and after the salutation in a business 20 Punctuation 6 letter; the use of a colon before a list; commas in series and with introductory Essay: Letter Writing words
21 Punctuation 7 Punctuation of quotes and dialog; capitalization rules Essay: Narrative Writing
22 Adjectives 1 Adjective definition; proper adjectives Essay: Written Response
23 Adjectives 2 Using comparative and superlative forms; adjective intensifiers Essay: Written Response
24 Adverbs 1 Adverb definition and use; negative adverbs; adverb intensifiers Essay: Letter Writing
25 Adverbs 2 Comparative and superlative intensifiers; irregular adverbs Essay: Written Response
26 Prepositions 1 Definition of prepositions and prepositional phrases; objects of prepositions Essay: Narrative Writing
27 Prepositions 2 Modifiers; adjectives and adverbs Essay: Narrative Writing
28 Interjections Identify and correctly use words that express strong feelings Essay: Written Response
29 Direct Objects Correctly identify and use direct objects Essay: Written Response
66
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Grammar 30 Avoiding unnecessary shifts in tense Essay: Written Response Improvements 1
Grammar 31 Identify incorrect usage of articles Essay: Journal Writing Improvements 2
Grammar 32 Identifying double negatives Essay: Written Response Improvements 3
Grammar 33 Identifying subjects and predicates Essay: Written Response Improvements 4
Sentence definition; complete sentences; run-on sentences; sentence 34 Sentences 1 Essay: Narrative Writing fragments; word order of sentences
35 Sentences 2 Simple and compound sentences Essay: Written Response
36 Sentences 3 Declarative, imperative, exclamatory and interrogative sentences Essay: Written Response
37 Sentences 4 Diagramming simple and compound sentences Essay: Written Response
38 Sentences 5 Applying diagramming to sentences Essay: Diagram
39 Conjunctions Correctly use conjunctions in sentences Essay: Written Response
Subject/Verb 40 Recognize and use correct subject/verb agreement Essay: Written Response Agreement
41 Parts of Speech Recognize and use the eight parts of speech in sentences Essay: Activity
67
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Recognize and correctly use words such as: accept, except; affect, effect; are, 42 Problem Words our; its, it’s; your, you’re; bad, badly; good, well; real, really; beside, Essay: Activity besides; from, off; in, into
43 Parallelism Making a series of items; words and phrases follow a pattern Essay: Written Response
Recognize that words represent ideas, experiences, objects, events, and 44 Word Application Essay: Narrative Writing actions; naming and describing action words
45 Capitalization Review of capitalization rules Essay: Written Response
68
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and use of common, proper, concrete, abstract, and compound 1 Nouns 1 Essay: Written Response nouns
Singular, plural, and possessive nouns; how to avoid confusing possessives Language Usage VI 2 Nouns 2 Essay: Written Response and plurals
3 Pronouns 1 Pronouns and antecedent definition and examples Essay: Activity
4 Pronouns 2 Subject and object pronouns Essay: Narrative Writing
Subject nouns and pronouns; object pronouns; compound subjects; 5 Pronouns 3 Essay: Letter Writing compound direct objects
Review of pronouns and antecedents; singular and plural pronouns, and 6 Pronouns 4 Essay: Written Response antecedents
7 Verbs 1 Action, linking, and state-of-being verbs Essay: Written Response
8 Verbs 2 Main verbs; helping verbs; verb phrases; contractions Essay: Narrative Writing
Transitive and intransitive verbs; determining the difference between 9 Verbs 3 Essay: Narrative Writing intransitive and linking verbs
10 Verbs 4 Principal parts; present, past, and future; present and past participles Essay: Narrative Writing
11 Verbs 5 Perfect tenses; regular verbs Essay: Written Response
12 Verbs 6 Irregular verbs; past and past participle forms of irregular verbs Essay: Activity
13 Verbs 7 Easily confused verbs including: may/can, sit/set; lie/lay, and rise/raise Essay: Written Response
69
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Adjectives 1 Articles; demonstrative; predicate adjective Essay: Written Response
15 Adjectives 2 Proper adjective; suffix endings Essay: Research
16 Adjectives 3 Degrees of comparison Essay: Speech Writing
Adverb questions (how, when, where, to what extent); modifies verbs, 17 Adverbs 1 Essay: Written Response adjectives, other adverbs
18 Adverbs 2 Degrees of comparison including positive and negative comparisons Essay: Written Response
19 Prepositions 1 Prepositions; objects; prepositional phrases Essay: Research
20 Prepositions 2 Adjectives and adverbs as prepositional phrases Essay: Written Response
Definition and use of conjunctions including conjunction pairs either/or, 21 Conjunctions Essay: Written Response neither/nor, and not only/but also
22 Interjections Definition and use of interjections Essay: Written Response
Parts of Speech 23 Review and use of all eight parts of speech Essay: Activity Review
24 Sentences 1 Sentences; fragments; run-on sentences Essay: Narrative Writing
25 Sentences 2 Sentence types: declarative, imperative, interrogative, and exclamatory Essay: Narrative Writing
26 Sentences 3 Identifying simple and complete subjects, and predicates Essay: Letter Writing
Finding the subjects in imperative and exclamatory sentences; the understood 27 Sentences 4 Essay: Written Response subject
70
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Subject and predicate complements; subject and predicate adjectives; direct 28 Sentences 5 Essay: Letter Writing objects
29 Sentence Review Review of all types of sentences; direct and indirect objects Essay: Illustration
30 Diagramming Sentence diagramming Essay: Diagram
Capitalization of titles and initials; nouns of direct address; geographical 31 Mechanics 1 Essay: Written Response capitalization; capitalization in businesses and government
32 Mechanics 2 Rules for capitalization in titles and books; direct and indirect quotes; poetry Essay: Written Response
33 Mechanics 3 Business and friendly letter parts; capitalization and punctuation rules Essay: Letter Writing
34 Mechanics 4 Reports, outlines, and bibliographies; elements of research Essay: Research
Review of end mark punctuation; abbreviations of titles, streets, 35 Mechanics 5 Essay: Written Response organizations, etc., including acronyms
36 Mechanics 6 Commas with introductory words and appositives Essay: Written Response
37 Mechanics 7 Commas with dates, with abbreviations, and in a series Essay: Letter Writing
38 Mechanics 8 Commas with conjunctions and transitions as well as clauses Essay: Narrative Writing
39 Mechanics 9 Use of quotation marks in writing dialogue Essay: Written Response
Guidelines for using colons in business letters and in writing time; using the 40 Mechanics 10 Essay: Written Response apostrophe
71
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Easily Confused Homophones; word combinations then/than, beside/besides, 41 Essay: Written Response Words principle/principal, between/among, and good/well
42 Double Negatives Identifying double negatives; using not in contractions Essay: Letter Writing
43 Agreement Subject and verb agreement; compound subjects and verb agreement Essay: Written Response
44 Parallelism Making a series of items; words and phrases follow a pattern Essay: Written Response
72
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Identification of pre-writing or brainstorming, drafting, editing, proofreading, Language Usage VII 1 The Writing Process Essay: Written Response and publishing; common errors in writing
2 Parts of Speech Recognize and use the eight parts of speech in sentences Essay: Written Response
Definition and use of nouns; nouns of direct address; using punctuation with 3 Nouns 1 appositives and identify the noun that is renamed; common and proper Essay: Written Response nouns; commonly used abstract nouns
Singular and plural nouns; identify need to punctuate using apostrophes; the 4 Nouns 2 use of an apostrophe to show possession; identify and use words that show Essay: Written Response plural and possessive forms
Definition and use of verbs; identify verb usage in sentences; regular, 5 Verbs 1 Essay: Written Response helping, linking, main, auxiliary, irregular, action, colorful and tricky verbs
6 Verbs 2 The verb tenses; verb conjugations; avoiding unnecessary shifts in tense Essay: Written Response
7 Verbs 3 Transitive and intransitive verbs; active and passive voice Essay: Written Response
8 Verbs 4 Progressive tense verbs Essay: Written Response
Use of complements; completers; direct and indirect objects; predicate 9 Verbs 5 Essay: Written Response adjectives and predicate nominatives
Definitions of pronouns; correctly identify a pronoun in a sentence; direct and 10 Pronouns 1 indirect objects; predicate nominative; first, second, and third person Essay: Written Response pronouns and their antecedents
Personal pronouns; correctly substitute nouns for pronouns; nominative and 11 Pronouns 2 objective case pronouns; possessive pronouns and compound personal Essay: Written Response pronouns
73
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 12 Pronouns 3 Interrogative, demonstrative, relative, and indefinite pronouns Essay: Narrative Writing
Adjective definition and use, proper adjectives, and predicate adjectives; 13 Adjectives 1 Essay: Written Response definite and indefinite articles
Forms of adjective comparison; adjective intensifiers; using comparative and 14 Adjectives 2 Essay: Written Response superlative forms of adjectives
15 Adverbs 1 Adverb definition and use; double negatives Essay: Written Response
Negative words and adverbs; adverb intensifiers; comparative and superlative 16 Adverbs 2 Essay: Written Response forms of adverbs; identify tricky adverbs
Using prepositional phrases as adverbs; using prepositional phrases as 17 Prepositions adjectives; identify and correctly use prepositions; identify words modified by Essay: Written Response prepositions and identify objects of prepositions
18 Conjunctions Correctly use conjunctions in sentences Essay: Written Response
Identify and correctly use words that express strong feelings; using 19 Interjections Essay: Written Response punctuation with interjections
Sentence definition, word order of sentences, identifying subjects and 20 Sentences 1 predicates; complete subjects and complete predicates; natural and inverted Essay: Written Response word order
Complete sentences, sentence fragments, and run-on sentences; identify the 21 Sentences 2 Essay: Written Response declarative, imperative, interrogative, and exclamatory sentences
Independent and dependent clauses; compound subjects and predicates; 22 Sentences 3 Essay: Written Response conjunctions; coordinating conjunctions
74
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 23 Sentences 4 Simple and compound sentence diagramming; parts of speech Essay: Diagram
Complex sentences; compound complex sentences; subordinate and 24 Sentences 5 independent clauses; adverb and adjective clauses; compound-complex Essay: Activity sentences
Adjective clauses; the use of a comma after introductory words, phrases, or 25 Noun Clauses Essay: Narrative Writing clauses
Subject/Verb Recognize and use correct subject/verb agreement; compound subject; 26 Essay: Written Response Agreement indefinite pronoun
Identify past and present participles; identify participial phrases; finding the 27 Verbals 1 Essay: Written Response noun that is modified; using commas with participle phrases
Identify and determine the use of a gerund in a sentence (subject, direct 28 Verbals 2 Essay: Written Response object, indirect object, appositive, object of a preposition)
Identify the adjective and adverb used as an infinitive; find the word 29 Verbals 3 Essay: Written Response modified, determine the use of the infinitive in a sentence
The use of a comma in bibliographic references; the use of punctuation in 30 Punctuation 1 direct quotations; the use of abbreviations in measuring, initials, days of the Essay: Written Response week, months of the year, and the states
31 Punctuation 2 Punctuation for appositives, introductory clauses, and nouns of direct address Essay: Written Response
Punctuation for quotations; writing dialogue; split quotations; indirect quotes; 32 Punctuation 3 Essay: Narrative Writing titles of short works; quotations within quotations
33 Punctuation 4 Capitalization of businesses, geographic features, and days of the week Essay: Written Response
75
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Capitalization of first word in a sentence and proper nouns; pronouns and 34 Punctuation 5 titles and initials; family titles, and greeting and closing of a letter; Essay: Written Response abbreviations
First word of direct quotations; how to capitalize direct quotes and titles; 35 Punctuation 6 Essay: Written Response using colons and hyphens
First word of main topic and subtopic in an outline; titles of books, poems, 36 Punctuation 7 Essay: Research stories, reports, outlines, songs, magazine articles, and chapters
Recognize that words represent ideas, experiences, objects, events, and 37 Word Usage Essay: Written Response actions; naming and describing action words; confusing and tricky words
38 Parallelism Making a series of items; words and phrases follow a pattern Essay: Written Response
76
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Nouns 1 Definition and use of proper, common, abstract and concrete nouns Essay: Written Response
2 Nouns 2 Singular nouns; plural nouns Essay: Written Response
3 Nouns 3 Possessive nouns; plural and possessive nouns Essay: Written Response
Definition and use of personal, indefinite, interrogative, reflexive, intensive Language Usage VIII 4 Pronouns Essay: Narrative Writing and demonstrative pronouns
Definition and use of verbs; main and helping verbs; verb phrase; identify 5 Verbs 1 Essay: Written Response verb usage in sentences
6 Verbs 2 Action; linking verbs Essay: Written Response
Present, past, future tenses; present, past, and future perfect tenses; regular 7 Verbs 3 Essay: Written Response and irregular verbs
Special verbs review of be, do and have; correct usage of may and can, and 8 Verbs 4 Essay: Interview would and could
9 Verbs 5 Transitive verbs; intransitive verbs Essay: Written Response
Definition and use of comparative and superlative intensifiers; definite and 10 Adjectives Essay: Written Response indefinite articles
11 Adverbs Definition and use of comparative and superlative intensifiers Essay: Written Response
Conjunction/ Definition and use of conjunctions; definition, use and punctuation of 12 Essay: Written Response Interjection interjections and interrupters; coordinating and correlative conjunctions
13 Prepositions Definition and use of a prepositional phrase, adjective and adverb phrases Essay: Narrative Writing
77
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Parts of Speech 14 Recognize and use the eight parts of speech in sentences Essay: Activity Review
Sentence definition; complete and simple subject; identify complete and 15 Sentences 1 Essay: Written Response simple predicate
16 Sentences 2 Identify complete, run-on, and fragment sentences Essay: Written Response
17 Sentences 3 Declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and interrogative sentences Essay: Journal Writing
Recognize and use correct subject/verb agreement; compound subject; 18 Sentences 4 Essay: Narrative Writing indefinite pronoun; collective nouns
19 Sentence Types Identifying simple and compound sentences Essay: Letter Writing
20 Complements 1 Direct and indirect objects Essay: Written Response
21 Complements 2 Predicate nominatives and predicate adjectives Essay: Written Response
22 Appositives Identifying and punctuating appositives and nouns of direct address Essay: Written Response
23 Pronoun Case Using subjective, objective, and possessive case pronouns Essay: Written Response
Identify and determine the use of a gerund in a sentence; subject, direct 24 Verbals 1 Essay: Written Response object, indirect object, appositive, and object of a preposition
25 Verbals 2 Identify past and present participles; identify participial phrases Essay: Written Response
26 Verbals 3 Identify the adjective and adverb used as an infinitive Essay: Written Response
27 Verbals Review Review of gerunds, participles, and infinitives Essay: Activity
78
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identification and punctuation of adjective clauses; independent and 28 Clauses 1 Essay: Written Response dependent clauses; restrictive and non-restrictive clauses
Identification and punctuation of adverb clauses; independent and dependent 29 Clauses 2 Essay: Written Response clauses; restrictive and non-restrictive clauses
Identification and punctuation of noun clauses; independent and dependent 30 Clauses 3 Essay: Activity clauses; restrictive and non-restrictive clauses
31 Clauses Review Review of adjective, adverb, and noun clauses Essay: Written Response
32 Diagramming 1 Diagramming simple and compound sentences Essay: Diagram
33 Diagramming 2 Diagramming compound and compound-complex sentences Essay: Diagram
34 Capitalization First word in a sentence; proper nouns and pronouns; personal titles Essay: Narrative Writing
35 Punctuation 1 Use of the parentheses; dash and hyphen Essay: Research
36 Punctuation 2 Commas in dates, series, introductory words, and compound sentences Essay: Narrative Writing
37 Punctuation 3 End marks of sentences; abbreviations and initials Essay: Written Response
Use of a colon; using a semi-colon with conjunctive adverbs to separate 38 Punctuation 4 Essay: Written Response compound sentences
39 Quotations Punctuation and capitalization in direct quotations
Letter format; capitalization and punctuation in the greeting and closing of a 40 Letter Writing Essay: Letter Writing letter
79
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Usage VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 41 Outlining Capitalization and punctuation in outline and bibliographic reference Essay: Research
42 Parallelism Making a series of items; words and phrases follow a pattern Essay: Narrative Writing
43 Writing Recognizing tense and point of view shift Essay: Written Response
Recognize and correctly use words such as: accept, except; affect, effect; are, our; its, it’s; your, you’re; bad, badly; good, well; real, really; beside, 44 Problem Words Essay: Written Response besides; from, off; in, into; between, among; bring, take; fewer, less; like, as; who, whom; imply, infer; and exact, exactly
Recognize that words represent ideas, experiences, objects, events, and 45 Word Application actions; naming and describing action words; writing style, choice of words, Essay: Letter Writing slang, colloquialisms, and informal language
80
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Reading I–VIII Grade Levels 1–8
A+LS Reading I–VIII introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• extensive tutorial and instructional narration in grades 1–3 • phonemic awareness • phonics • vocabulary development • comprehension • reading fluency • recognition of word families • antonyms • homophones • compound words • synonyms • phonograms • prefixes • suffixes • root words • recognition of main story ideas and details • outcome predictions and feelings interpretations • conclusions • similarities and differences • distinguishing fact from make believe and opinion • understanding of cause and effect and point of view • identification of setting, plot, and characterization • instruction of various literary forms
81
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I–VIII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–8
The A+LS Reading courses are scientific, research-based, integrated courses for grade levels 1-8. This program directs students from beginning reading levels to more advanced reading skills. Reading I, II, and III have tutorial and instructional voice support. A sequence of eight titles provides an extensive e-learning solution ideal for schools that want to use technology to improve their instructional process.
• Reading is presented as a collection of year-long courses.
• All lessons contain a study guide, a practice and mastery test, and an essay or constructed response.
• Lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing.
• These courses are certified by MetaMetrics® with a Lexile® score.
• The A+LS program consists of an Internet-based instructional management system with student assessment tools built in, and educators can test students on national, state, district, or local objectives because any set of standards can be added to the system.
• Some courses are enriched by Encyclopædia Britannica® Online School Edition (EB) workspaces that contain learning materials. Learning materials may contain articles, games, images, maps, and/or videos.
82
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I–VIII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–8
• The content in these courses is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) for the Standards of English Language Arts. In addition, it addresses the core reading skills identified by the National Reading Panel: phonemic awareness, phonics, vocabulary development, comprehension, and fluency.
• Each Reading title consists of four units: Reviews, Word Analysis, Comprehension, and Literary Skills.
o The review lessons introduce and refresh the students’ recall of consonants and vowels and their associated sounds and letter patterns (phonics).
o The Word Analysis unit gives extensive tutoring and practice recognizing word families, antonyms, homophones, compound words, synonyms, phonograms, prefixes, suffixes, and root words (phonics & phonemic awareness).
o The Comprehension unit focuses on skills that teach the student to recognize main ideas and details, predict outcomes and interpret feelings, draw conclusions, recognize similarity and difference, distinguish fact from make believe and opinion, understand cause and effect and point of view, use context clues to understand the meaning of words, and to find information from charts, graphs, and diagrams.
o The Literary Skills unit provides discussion and identification of story elements (including setting, plot, and characterization) and instruction of various literary forms. These skills together with extensive practice promote the automaticity of the core skills to promote fluency.
83
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I–VIII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–8
Third-Party Content in A+LS Lessons
The Encyclopædia Britannica Online School Edition has teacher resources and student learning materials. The materials include a wide range of interactive lessons, research projects, animations, and worksheets that support many A+LS lessons.
Each workspace may contain an article, diagram, study guide, video, or interactive media.
The launch icon for EB objects is located at the top of the A+LS screen in the study guide section.
84
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I–VIII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–8
The Reading titles develop skills in practical situations by utilizing a Four-Step Approach: Study Guide, Practice Test, Mastery Test, and Essay modules are used to define the instructional environment.
• The Study Guide module teaches the concepts and skills associated with each lesson. A number of the Study Guide pages have specific, interactive feedback that will assist the student in solving problems or understanding concepts.
• The Practice Test module allows the student to practice the skills learned in the Study Guide section. The student has instant access to the study material for reference.
• In the Mastery Test module, the student takes a scored examination, electronically submits the test, and the results are recorded in the A+LS Management System.
• The Essay module allows the student to compose individual, free-form answers to a wide variety of questions and problems.
85
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I–VIII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–8
The Reading courses each contain a variety of lessons and differ in length, grade level, and available features. Listed below are the courses found within the curriculum planning manual.
Length of Number of Course in Grade Lexile Course Name Lessons Semesters Levels Measure Reading I 43 2 1 Yes Reading II 45 2 2 Yes Reading III 43 2 3 Yes Reading IV 43 2 4 Yes Reading V 45 2 5 Yes Reading VI 48 2 6 Yes Reading VII 40 2 7 Yes Reading VIII 42 2 8 Yes
86
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Capital Letter Reading I 1 Identify the letters of the alphabet in upper case (Review) Essay: Written Activity Review
Lower Case Letter 2 Identify the letters of the alphabet in lower case (Review) Essay: Written Activity Review
Identify initial and single consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, 3 Consonant Review Essay: Written Activity medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, blends and digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences and correctly 4 Vowel Review Essay: Illustration read 3-4 letter words, long vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences
Recall a three part pattern from memory; students identify vowel-consonant 5 Patterns Essay: Activity patterns such as CVC, CVCV, CVVCV, etc.
Tell whether pictures, letters or shapes are alike or different, classifying 6 Classifying Essay: Activity information; students classify various groups of items (Review)
Word Analysis
7 Word Families Changing the first or last letters to form word families Essay: Written Activity
Definition and examples of antonyms; students practice finding antonyms for 8 Antonyms Essay: Written Activity words
Definition and examples of homophones; students learn that words can sound 9 Homophones Essay: Activity alike but have different meanings
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 10 Compound Words Essay: Written Activity words
87
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of synonyms; students practice finding a synonym 11 Synonyms Essay: Written Activity for words
Definition and examples of phonograms; students practice finding Essay: Written Activity/ 12 Phonograms phonograms Illustration
13 Prefixes Correct use of prefixes including the prefix /ur/ Essay: Activity
14 Suffixes Correct use of the suffixes /s/, /es/, /ies/, /ing/, /ed/, etc. Essay: Written Activity
15 Syllables Divide words into syllables, count the number of syllables in a word Essay: Written Activity
16 Root Words Root words without spelling changes, root words with spelling changes Essay: Written Activity
Essay: Written Activity/ 17 Introducing Nouns Students learn the definition of nouns and to find nouns in sentences Illustration
18 Introducing Verbs Students learn the definition of verbs and to locate verbs in sentences Essay: Written Activity
Students learn that plural means more than one; students learn how some Essay: Written Activity/ 19 Plurals plurals are formed Illustration
Predicting Tell what will happen next in a story; students recognize that certain actions 20 Essay: Illustration Outcomes might result in certain outcomes
Comprehension
Recognizing Main Identify main idea and details, recognize the title as a source of the main 21 Essay: Written Activity Ideas idea, determine the key words and topic sentence
Interpreting Make an inference based on characters and character traits, make an 22 Essay: Written Activity Feelings inference based on feelings
88
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Drawing 23 Make an inference based on drawing conclusions Essay: Written Activity Conclusions
24 Story Details Listen for details in stories, recall details from stories Essay: Written Activity
Similarity & 25 Students learn to identify similarities and differences in stories Essay: Illustration Difference
Fact and Make Essay: Written Activity/ 26 Students learn to differentiate between fact and make believe Believe Compare & Contrast
Make-Believe Students invent stories that are not real; learn how to distinguish between 27 Essay: Illustration Stories what is real and what is not real or true
Understanding Essay: Written Activity/ 28 Definition and example of setting; how setting is part of a story Setting Illustration
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects 29 Cause and Effect Essay: Written Activity by reading clues
30 Sorting Information Students compare elements of stories Essay: Activity
Understand figurative language used in stories and poetry, identify types of Essay: Activity/ 31 Figurative Language animals personified in a story personification Illustration
32 Purpose in Writing Distinguish the author’s purpose Essay: Written Activity
Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues, use Essay: Vocabulary in 33 Context Clues picture clues and syntax to identify word and sentence meaning Context
34 Sequence The concept of sequencing, students determine the sequence of sentences Essay: Written Activity
89
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 35 Point of View Determine who is telling the story Essay: Activity
Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify 36 Summarizing Essay: Written Activity points to be included in a summary
37 Phrasing Moves from word by word reading to phrasing words together
38 Structural Analysis Use structural analysis to determine the meaning of unknown words Essay: Written Activity
39 Multiple Meanings Understand multiple meanings of words Essay: Activity
Spatial-Position Differentiate which picture shows the correct spatial relationship (in, on, 40 Essay: Activity Words beside, above, below, next to, between, about, against
41 Charts and Graphs Gain information from charts, graphs and diagrams to answer questions Essay: Activity
Literary Skills
Answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in complete 42 Five “W” Questions Essay: Written Activity sentences
Reading and understanding different types of poetry, recognizing and using 43 Poetry Essay: Written Activity sound words (onomatopoeia)
90
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify initial and single consonant sounds and sound-letter Reading II Consonant Quick correspondences, final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, 1 Essay: Written Activity Review medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, blends and
digraphs
Vowels Quick Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences and correctly 2 Essay: Written Activity Review read 3-4 letter words, long vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences
Definition and examples of tense; students identify verbs in past, present, 3 Verbs Quick Review Essay: Written Activity and future tenses
Plurals Quick 4 Review of correctly adding plurals to words Essay: Written Activity Review
Word Analysis
Pronunciation & Students use phonetic clues and diacritical marks to identify word 5 Essay: Written Activity Syllables pronunciation and number of syllables
6 Sight Vocabulary Students learn various sight words and their definitions Essay: Written Activity
Definition and examples of root words; introduction to prefixes and suffixes 7 Root Words Essay: Written Activity and how each can change the meaning of a root word
8 Prefixes Correct use of the prefixes /re/ and /un/ (not) Essay: Written Activity
9 Suffixes Correct use of the suffixes /er/, /or/, /less/, /ing/, etc. Essay: Written Activity
Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues, use 10 Context Clues Essay: Written Activity structural analysis to determine the meaning of unknown words
91
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 11 Compound Words Essay: Written Activity words
Definition and examples of synonyms; students practice finding a synonym 12 Synonyms Essay: Written Activity for words
Definition and examples of antonyms; students practice finding antonyms for 13 Antonyms Essay: Written Activity words
Correctly use the abbreviations Mrs., Mr., days of the week and months of the 14 Abbreviations Essay: Written Activity year
15 Core Subject Words Identify and use words from language arts, math, social studies and science Essay: Written Activity
Definition and examples of homophones; students identify homophones in 16 Homophones Essay: Written Activity sentences
Definition and examples of contractions; students identify words that form 17 Contractions Essay: Written Activity contractions
18 Word Families Changing the first or last letters to form word families Essay: Written Activity
The definition of analogies, examples of analogies using synonyms, antonyms, 19 Analogies Essay: Written Activity and parts of a whole; students practice completing analogies
Definition and examples of homographs; students identify homographs in 20 Homographs Essay: Written Activity sentences
Understand multiple meanings of words, recognize the multiple meanings of 21 Multiple Meanings Essay: Written Activity words
92
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of sequence and order of events; students put events 22 Sequencing Essay: Illustration in order; sequence a series of pictures
Comprehension
Main Idea and Identify main idea and details, recognize the title as a source of the main 23 Essay: Written Activity Details idea, determine the key words and topic sentence
24 Alphabetization Students practice alphabetizing using first, second, and third letters of words Essay: Written Activity
25 Information Gain information from pictures, charts and diagrams Essay: Bar Graph
26 Fact and Opinion Students identify facts and opinions Essay: Written Activity
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 27 Cause and Effect Essay: Written Activity reading clues
28 Classifying Definition of classifying; students classify various groups of items Essay: Written Activity
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, 29 Essay: Written Activity Contrast characters, etc.
Make an inference based on characters and character traits; definition of 30 Characterization Essay: Written Activity traits; students use character traits to predict outcomes
31 Feelings Make an inference based on feelings Essay: Written Activity
Predicting 32 Students read clues and decide what could happen next in a story Essay: Written Activity Outcomes
The process of going from a specific account to general statements; true and 33 Generalizations Essay: Written Activity false generalizations
93
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Summarizing and Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify 34 Essay: Written Activity Paraphrasing points to be included in a summary; definition and examples of paraphrasing
Drawing Make an inference based on drawing conclusions, identify information which 35 Essay: Written Activity Conclusions gives support for opinions
Common 36 Everyday sayings and proverbs and their meanings Essay: Written Activity Expressions
Students answer who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a 37 Five “W” Questions Essay: Written Activity reading selection
Literary Skills
Use major elements of story structure (beginning-middle-end, character, 38 Story Elements Essay: Written Activity setting, plot) to discuss literature and write a story
Identification of various purposes for writing, including informing, persuading, 39 Purpose in Writing Essay: Written Activity creative writing, describing; students distinguish the author’s purpose
Definition and examples of first and third person points of view; students 40 Point of View Essay: Written Activity determine who is telling a story
Fiction and Definition and examples of fiction and nonfiction; students identify titles of 41 Essay: Written Activity Nonfiction books that are either fiction or nonfiction
42 Folktales and Fables Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales and fables Essay: Written Activity
Definition of fantasy, recognizing the difference between reality and fantasy, 43 Reality and Fantasy Essay: Written Activity distinguish between real and make-believe
94
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of poetry, short stories, autobiographies, and 44 Literary Forms Essay: Written Activity biographies
Definition and examples of personal narratives; students identify words that 45 Personal Narratives Essay: Written Activity are used in writing personal experiences
95
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify initial and single consonant sounds and sound-letter Reading III correspondences, final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, 1 Consonant Review Essay: Written Activity medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, blends and
digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences and correctly 2 Vowel Review Essay: Written Activity read 3-4 letter words, long vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences
Identify verbs in sentences, forms of regular verbs, verb forms (past, present, 3 Verbs Review Essay: Written Activity future)
4 Plurals Review Review of correctly adding plurals to words Essay: Written Activity
Word Analysis
Students learn guidelines for dividing words into syllables, use phonetic clues 5 Syllables and diacritical marks to identify word pronunciation
6 Sight Vocabulary Develop a sight vocabulary of high frequency words Essay: Written Activity
Prefixes and Correct use of the prefixes /re/, /un/ (not), /dis/ (not), /un/ (opposite), /dis/, 7 Essay: Written Activity Suffixes (opposite) etc., correct use of the suffixes /er/, /or/, /less/, /ly/, /ing/, etc.,
Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues and inferences, use structural analysis to determine the meaning of unknown 8 Context Clues Essay: Written Activity words; students search for clues to word meanings in pictures, surrounding words, and in the dictionary
Definition and examples of compound word; students identify compound 9 Compound Words Essay: Written Activity words
96
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Synonyms and Definition and examples of synonyms and antonyms; students practice finding 10 Essay: Written Activity Antonyms a synonym or antonym for words
11 Core Subject Words Identify and use words from language arts, math, social studies and science Essay: Written Activity
Definition and examples of homographs; students identify homographs in Homophones and 12 sentences, definition and examples of homophones; students identify Essay: Written Activity Homographs homophones in sentences
13 Contractions Identify words that form compound words Essay: Written Activity
Changing the first or last letters to form word families, use letter sounds 14 Word Families Essay: Written Activity association and sounds to spell words, use context clues to decode words
Correctly use the abbreviations Mrs., Mr., days of the week and months or the 15 Abbreviations Essay: Written Activity year
Read stories pronouncing words accurately, moves from word by word 16 Pronunciation reading to phrasing words together, use phonetic clues and diacritical marks Essay: Written Activity to identify word pronunciation
Connotation & Recognize the definition of a word in a sentence, recognize the exact 17 Essay: Written Activity Denotation definition of a word in a sentence
18 Alphabetizing Students learn to alphabetize to the third letter of a word Essay: Written Activity
Sequencing & Sequence a series of pictures; definition and examples of sequence; 19 Essay: Written Activity Classifying importance of word order in a story; words that indicate sequence
Identify main idea and details, recognize the title as a source of the main 20 Main Ideas Essay: Written Activity idea, determine the key words and topic sentence
97
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 21 Story Details Definition and examples of details; students recall details from stories Essay: Written Activity
Introduces students to tables, charts, and diagrams; students gain 22 Information Essay: Illustration information from pictures, charts and diagrams
Definitions and examples of facts and opinions; how propaganda is used to 23 Fact and Opinion Essay: Written Activity influence opinions; learning the difference between fact and opinion
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 24 Cause and Effect Essay: Written Activity reading clues
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, 25 Essay: Written Activity Contrast characters, etc.
Feelings and Make an inference based on feelings and motives; make an inference based 26 Essay: Written Activity Motives on characters and character traits
Predicting 27 Students read clues and decide what could happen next in a story Essay: Written Activity Outcomes
Definition and examples of generalizations; the process of going from a 28 Generalizations Essay: Written Activity specific account to general statements
Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify Summarizing and 29 points to be included in a summary, students will retell a story in their own Essay: Written Activity Paraphrasing words
Drawing Make an inference based on drawing conclusions, identify information that 30 Essay: Written Activity Conclusions gives support for opinions
31 Point of View Definition and examples of first and third person points of view Essay: Written Activity
98
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a reading 32 Five “W” Questions Essay: Written Activity selection
Story Elements & Definition and examples of setting, the elements of time and setting; the 33 Essay: Written Activity Setting importance of setting to a story
Students understand that there are many purposes in writing; writing is for a 34 Purpose in Writing Essay: Written Activity specific purpose; students identify
Fiction and Definition and examples of realistic fiction and science fiction, understand Essay: Written Activity/ 35 Nonfiction elements of nonfiction Illustration
Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales and fables, legends; elements 36 Folktales and Fables Essay: Written Activity of each
Definition of fantasy, recognizing the difference between reality and fantasy, 37 Reality and Fantasy Essay: Written Activity distinguish between real and make-believe
38 Literary Forms 1 Elements of a short story described, including plot, characters, and setting Essay: Written Activity
39 Literary Forms 2 Autobiography, biography, understand the purpose and form of a biography Essay: Written Activity
Narrative and 40 Identify narrative materials and expository materials Essay: Written Activity Expository
Figurative Definition and example of metaphors, similes, and personification; students 41 Essay: Written Activity Language 1 identify figurative language in speech
Figurative Definition and examples of alliteration, hyperbole, and onomatopoeia; 42 Essay: Written Activity Language 2 students identify figurative language in sentences
99
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Figurative 43 Definition and examples of lyric poetry, students identify words that rhyme Essay: Written Activity Language 3
100
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify initial and single consonant sounds and sound-letter Reading IV Consonants Quick correspondences, final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, 1 Essay: Written Activity Review medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences, blends and
digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences, long vowel Vowels Quick 2 sounds and sound-letter correspondences; students identify vowel/consonant Essay: Written Activity Review patterns
Identify subjects and verbs and predicates; action verbs; verb tenses (past, 3 Verbs Quick Review Essay: Written Activity present, future)
Identify singular and plural; rules for forming plurals; words that have Plurals Quick 4 another word for plural form; words that have the same word for both Essay: Written Activity Review singular and plural
Word Analysis
Pronunciation & Use phonetic clues and diacritical marks to identify word pronunciation, divide 5 Essay: Written Activity Syllables words into syllables
Develop a sight vocabulary of high frequency words; definitions of various 6 Sight Words Essay: Written Activity sight words
Root words without spelling changes, root words with spelling changes; 7 Root Words adding prefixes and suffixes to root words
Correct use of the prefixes /re/, /un/ (not), /dis/ (not), /un/ (opposite), /mis/, 8 Prefixes Essay: Activity (opposite) etc.
Correct use of the suffixes /er/, /or/, /less/, /ly/, /ing/, /able/, /ible/, /ment/, 9 Suffixes Essay: Activity etc.
101
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues, use 10 Context Clues Essay: Written Activity structural analysis to determine the meaning of unknown words
Definition and examples of compound word; students identify compound 11 Compound Words Essay: Written Activity words
Definition and examples of synonyms; using the thesaurus as a source for 12 Synonyms Essay: Written Activity finding synonyms; students practice finding a synonym for words
Definition and examples of antonyms; using the thesaurus as a source for 13 Antonyms Essay: Written Activity antonyms; students practice finding antonyms for words
Correctly use the abbreviations Mrs., Mr., days of the week and months or the Study: EB Learning Material 14 Abbreviations year; states Essay: Written Activity
15 Core Subject Words Identify and use words from language arts, math, social studies and science Essay: Written Activity
16 Homographs Definition of homographs; selecting the correct homograph in sentences Essay: Written Activity
Definition and examples of homonyms; students identify homonyms in Homonyms and 17 sentences, definition and examples of homophones; students identify Essay: Written Activity Homophones homophones in sentences
Examples of forming contractions; contractions using not; pronouns and 18 Contractions Essay: Written Activity contractions
Comprehension
19 Analogies The definition of analogies, students practice completing analogies Essay: Written Activity
102
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Understand multiple meanings of words, recognize the multiple meanings of 20 Multiple Meanings words; the importance of context clues in defining words that have multiple Essay: Written Activity meanings
Main Ideas and Identify main idea and details, recognize the title as a source of the main 21 Essay: Written Activity Details idea, determine the key words and topic sentence
Definition and examples of charts, graphs, and diagrams; students gain 22 Information Essay: Bar Graph information from pictures, charts, graphs, and diagrams
Study: EB Learning Material 23 Alphabetization Alphabetize to the third letter Essay: Written Activity
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 24 Cause and Effect Essay: Written Activity reading clues; questions that can help determine cause and effect
25 Fact and Opinion Identify facts and opinions Essay: Written Activity
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, 26 Essay: Written Activity Contrast characters, etc.
Definition and examples of characterization and character traits; students 27 Characterization Essay: Written Activity make an inference based on characters and character traits
Definition of classifying, categorizing, and grouping; tips for helping students 28 Classifying Essay: Written Activity classify various groups of items
Predicting 29 Students read clues and decide what could happen next in a story Essay: Written Activity Outcomes
30 Generalizations The process of going from a specific account to general statements Essay: Written Activity
103
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Summarizing and Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify 31 Essay: Written Activity Paraphrasing points to be included in a summary; students practice paraphrasing
Drawing Make an inference based on conclusions, identify information which gives 32 Essay: Written Activity Conclusions support for opinions
Common 33 Everyday sayings, proverbs, and idioms Essay: Written Activity Expressions
Answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a reading 34 Five “W” Questions Essay: Written Activity selection
Literary Skills
Determine who is telling the story; examples of first and third person points 35 Point of View Essay: Written Activity of view
Use major elements of story structure (beginning-middle-end, character, 36 Story Elements Essay: Written Activity setting, plot) to discuss literature and write a story
Writing to describe, entertain, inform (including autobiographies and 37 Purpose in Writing Essay: Written Activity biographies), and to persuade
Fiction and Definition and examples of realistic fiction; historic fiction, and science fiction; Study: EB Learning Material 38 Nonfiction nonfiction Essay: Written Activity
Folk Tales and Study: EB Learning Material 39 Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales and fables; exaggeration Fables Essay: Written Activity
Definition of fantasy, recognizing the difference between reality and fantasy, 40 Reality and Fantasy Essay: Written Activity distinguish between real and make-believe
104
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Short stories; autobiography, biography, understand the purpose and form of Study: EB Learning Material 41 Literary Forms a biography; poetry, understand figurative language used in stories and Essay: Written Activity poetry
Figurative 42 Metaphors, similes and personification Essay: Written Activity Language 1
Figurative 43 Definition and examples of hyperbole, alliteration, onomatopoeia Essay: Written Activity Language 2
105
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify initial and single consonant sounds, and sound-letter Reading V correspondences; final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; 1 Consonants Essay: Written Response medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; blends and
digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences; long vowel 2 Vowels Essay: Written Response sounds and sound-letter correspondences
Verbs and Identify verbs in sentences; forms of regular verbs; verb forms: past, present, 3 Essay: Written Response Contractions and future; identify compound words that become contractions
Review of rules to form plural words; changing words for plural form; words 4 Plurals Essay: Written Response that do not change from singular to plural
Word Analysis
5 Suffixes Correct use of the suffixes -er, -or-, -less, -ly-, -ing, etc. Essay: Activity
Correct use of the prefixes re-, un- (not), dis- (not), un- (opposite), dis-, 6 Prefixes Essay: Activity (opposite) etc.
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 7 Compound Words Essay: Activity words; open and closed compounds
Synonyms and Definition and examples of synonyms and antonyms; students practice finding 8 Essay: Written Response Antonyms a synonym and antonym for various words
9 Analogies Definition of analogies; students practice completing analogies Essay: Written Response
Definition and examples of homonyms, homophones, and homographs; 10 Multiple Meanings students identify and use homonyms, homophones, and homographs in Essay: Written Response sentences; recognize the multiple meanings of words
106
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Study: EB Learning Correctly use the abbreviations Mrs. and Mr.; days of the week and months of 11 Abbreviations Material the year Essay: Written Response
Root words without spelling changes; root words with spelling changes; 12 Root Words Essay: Written Response changing the first or last letters to form word families
Pronunciation/Sylla Read stories pronouncing words accurately; use phonetic clues and diacritical 13 Essay: Written Response bles marks to identify word pronunciation; dividing words into syllables
Students read clues and decide what could happen next in a story; make an Predicting/ 14 inference based on conclusions; identify information which gives support for Essay: Written Response Conclusions opinions
Study: EB Learning 15 Alphabetization Alphabetize to the third letter Material Essay: Activity
16 Information Gain information from pictures, charts, and diagrams; line and bar graphs Essay: Activity
Comprehension
17 Fact and Opinion Identify facts and opinions; idioms and sense words Essay: Illustration
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, 18 Essay: Written Response Contrast characters, etc.
Sequencing/ Sequencing information from a variety of sources; definition of classifying; 19 Essay: Written Response Classifying students classify various groups of items
Identify main idea and details; recognize the title as a source of the main 20 Main Ideas Essay: Written Response idea; determine the key words and topic sentence
107
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Connotation & Recognize the definition of a word in a sentence; recognize the exact definition 21 Essay: Illustration Denotation of a word in a sentence using context clues
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 22 Cause and Effect Essay: Activity reading clues
23 Context Clues 1 Identify word meanings through context clues and inferences Essay: Written Response
24 Context Clues 2 Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues Essay: Written Response
Recall details from narratives; story elements including setting, characters, 25 Narratives Essay: Narrative and resolution
26 Characterization Make an inference based on characters and character traits Essay: Activity
Common 27 Everyday sayings, proverbs, and common abbreviations Essay: Written Response Expressions
28 Generalizations The process of going from a specific account to general statements Essay: Written Response
Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify points 29 Summarizing Essay: Written Response to be included in a summary
Answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a reading 30 Five “W” Questions Essay: Written Response selection
Use major elements of story structure: beginning-middle-end, character, 31 Story Elements Essay: Narrative setting, and plot to discuss literature and write a story; conflict and resolution
Distinguish the author’s purpose in writing to inform, persuade, or entertain; 32 Purpose in Writing Essay: Written Response identify point of view
108
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Using prior knowledge to understand the problems and feelings of characters 33 Prior Knowledge Essay: Written response in stories, and the importance of historical events
Definition and examples of historical fiction; understanding the elements of 34 Setting Essay: Written Response time and setting
Study: EB Learning 35 Fiction Definition and examples of realistic fiction and science fiction Material Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning Understand elements of nonfiction; identify source of nonfictional writing 36 Nonfiction Material including: encyclopedias, atlases, etc. Essay: Research
Study: EB Learning 37 Folktales and Fables Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales, and fables Material Essay: Illustration
Definition of fantasy; recognizing the difference between reality and fantasy; 38 Reality and Fantasy Essay: Narrative distinguishing between real and make-believe
Literary Skills
Study: EB Learning Understand figurative language used in stories, poetry, metaphors, similes, 39 Literary Forms 1 Material personification, hyperbole, alliteration, and onomatopoeia Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning 40 Literary Forms 2 Short stories; problems in resolution; characters and setting Material Essay: Written Response
109
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Study: EB Learning 41 Literary Forms 3 Autobiography; biography; understand the purpose and form of a biography Material Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning Understand figurative language used in stories and poetry; using hyperbole, 42 Figurative Language Material alliteration, and onomatopoeia Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning Narrative & 43 Identify narrative materials and expository writing Material Expository Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning Propaganda and Identify propaganda and bias including: techniques of omission of facts, 44 Material Bias bandwagon, over-generalization, and testimonials Essay: Written Response
High Frequency 45 Identify high frequency words and core subject words Essay: Activity Words
110
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify initial and single consonant sounds, and sound-letter Reading VI correspondences; final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; 1 Consonant Review Essay: Written Response medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; blends and
digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences; long vowel 2 Vowel Review Essay: Written Response sounds and sound-letter correspondences
Identify verbs in sentences; forms of regular verbs; verb forms: past, 3 Verb Review Essay: Narrative present, and future; vowel pairs and vowel digraphs
4 Pronunciation Review of pronunciation skills; long and short vowels; pronunciation symbols Essay: Written Response
Word Analysis
5 Sight Words Develop a sight vocabulary of high frequency words Essay: Narrative
Review of words that have tricky spellings and words that are confused with Common 6 others and commonly misused; also includes some words that change spelling Essay: Letter Writing Misspellings to form plurals
Root words without spelling changes; root words with spelling changes; 7 Root Words Essay: Written Response prefixes and suffixes
Correctly use the prefixes pre-, en-, non-, mis-, non-, in- and im-, dis-, anti-, 8 Prefixes Essay: Written Response sub-, re-, etc.
Correctly use the suffixes -ible, -able, -ful, -ment, -y, -ly, and -ily, -ance, - 9 Suffixes Essay: Written Response tion, and –ment
Greek and Latin Examples and definitions of words with Greek and Latin derivatives; old Study: EB Learning Material 10 Words English words; middle and modern English words Essay: Written Response
111
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using pictures or familiar 11 Context Clues words context clues; use structural analysis to determine the meaning of Essay: Written Response unknown words; search for further information
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 12 Compound Words Essay: Narrative words
13 Synonyms Definition of synonyms; students practice finding synonyms for words Essay: Written Response
14 Antonyms Definition of antonyms; students practice finding antonyms for words Essay: Written Response
15 Homonyms Definition of homonyms; selecting the correct homonym in sentences
Definition, examples of, and use of homophones and homographs; correctly Homographs and 16 use the homophones: here/hear; to/too/two; its/it’s; your/you’re; Essay: Written Response Homophones they’re/there/their, etc.; words with multiple meanings
Forming contractions; using negative words with contractions; identify words 17 Contractions that form compound words; how to avoid confusing compound words and Essay: Written Response contractions
Sounds that are associated with various letters and letter combinations; 18 Sound Associations Essay: Activity digraphs; letters that have more than one sound
Definition and examples of analogies; includes examples of analogies as they 19 Analogies Essay: Activity often appear on standardized tests
Identify and correctly use abbreviations; measurement abbreviations and Study: EB Learning Material 20 Abbreviations business abbreviations Essay: Diagram
Identify and use words from: language arts, math, social studies, science, art, 21 Core Subject Words Essay: Illustration drama, and technology,
112
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Multiple Meaning 22 Understand multiple meanings of words; define connotation and denotation Essay: Written Response Words
23 Sequencing Importance of sequence in telling a story; words that identify sequence Essay: Illustration
Study: EB Learning Material 24 Alphabetization Alphabetize to the third letter Essay: Activity
Comprehension
Identify main idea and details; recognize the title as a source of the main Essay: Written Response 25 Main Ideas idea; determine the key words and topic sentence; recall details from stories
Identify facts and opinions, idioms, and sense words; choose significant Essay: Written Response 26 Fact and Opinion details which do or do not support the main idea; identify information which gives support for opinions
27 Conflict and Climax Understand conflict, climax, comparisons, and resolution in selections Essay: Written Response
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by Essay: Written Response 28 Cause and Effect reading clues; classifying various groups of items; explicit and implicit cause and effect; words that signal cause or effect
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, Essay: Written Response 29 Contrast characters, etc.
Make an inference based on characters and character traits; identify various Essay: Written Response 30 Characterization personality types
Predicting and Review of cause and effect; read and predict outcomes based on knowledge Essay: Illustration 31 Summarizing gained in reading; summarizing
113
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Explanation of how word clues about main ideas and details of stories can Essay: Written Response Drawing 32 help the student reach a conclusion; examination and discussion of evidence Conclusions that helps support conclusions
Answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a reading Essay: Written Response 33 Five “W” Questions selection
Use major elements of story structure: beginning-middle-end, character, Essay: Written Response 34 Story Elements setting, and plot to discuss literature and write a story; mood
Distinguish the author’s purpose: the KWL technique; writing for Essay: Written Response 35 Purpose in Writing entertainment and for information; audience
Students will retell a story in their own words; generalizations; tips for Essay: Written Response 36 Paraphrasing paraphrasing
Recognizing point of view; first person, second person, third person, and Essay: Narrative 37 Point of View narrator; omniscience
Novels and Short Study: EB Learning Material 38 Identify the elements of a short stories and novels; plot; characters; conflict Stories Essay: Written Response
Realistic/Science Understand elements of nonfiction; definition and examples of historical Study: EB Learning Material 39 Fiction fiction; understanding the elements of time and setting Essay: Written Response
Definition and elements of a mystery; clues in mysteries; skills for Essay: Written Response 40 Mysteries understanding mysteries
Propaganda and Identification of propaganda techniques; bandwagon, testimonials, faulty Study: EB Learning Material 41 Bias cause, and loaded words Essay: Activity
114
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Study: EB Learning Material 42 Folklore The elements of folktales, fables, and tall tales Essay: Written Response
Study: EB Learning Material 43 Nonfiction Identify biographies and autobiographies; essay and journals Essay: Journal Writing
Study: EB Learning Material 44 Poetry Use of poetry, ballad, sonnet, lyric, narrative, and limerick Essay: Written Response
Literary Skills
Study: EB Learning Material 45 Drama Use of elements of drama: tragedy and comedy Essay: Written Response
The elements of mood and tone in reading selections; clues for recognizing Study: EB Learning Material 46 Mood and Tone mood and tone Essay: Narrative
Metaphors and Study: EB Learning Material 47 Identification of metaphors and similes in reading selections Similes Essay: Written Response
Figurative Identify and correctly use alliteration and onomatopoeia; personification and Study: EB Learning Material 48 Language hyperbole Essay: Activity
115
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify verbs in sentences; forms of regular verbs; verb forms: past, 1 Verbs Quick Review Essay: Written Response present, and future; active and passive voices
Identify initial and single consonant sounds, and sound-letter Reading VII Consonants Quick correspondences; final consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; 2 Essay: Written Response Review medial consonant sounds and sound-letter correspondences; blends and
digraphs
Identify short vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences, and correctly Vowels Quick 3 read 3-4 letter words; long vowel sounds and sound-letter correspondences; Essay: Written Response Review vowel combinations
Word Analysis
4 Pronunciation Use phonetic clues and diacritical marks to identify word pronunciation Essay: Written Response
Root words without spelling changes; root words with spelling changes; Latin 5 Root Words Essay: Written Response and Greek root words; prefixes and suffixes
Prefixes and 6 The use of prefixes; affixes and suffixes with root words Essay: Written Response Suffixes
Greek and Latin Study: EB Learning Material 7 Examples and definitions of words with Greek and Latin derivatives Words Essay: Written Response
Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words by using pictures or familiar 8 Context Clues words context clues; use structural analysis to determine the meaning of Essay: Written Response unknown words
Connotation & Recognize the definition of a word in a sentence; recognize the exact 9 Essay: Written Response Denotation definition of a word in a sentence; positive and negative connotations
116
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 10 Multiple Meanings Recognize and understand the multiple meanings of words Essay: Written Response
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 11 Compound Words Essay: Written Response words; separated and hyphenated compound words
The formation of contractions; identifying differences among plural, 12 Contractions Essay: Written Response possessive, and contraction
Common Understanding changes with plurals; verbs; vowel sounds; dropping final ‘e’; 13 Essay: Written Response Misspellings doubling rule; changing ‘y’ to ‘i’
14 Abbreviations Identify and correctly use abbreviations Essay: Letter writing
Synonyms and Definition of synonyms and antonyms; practice finding synonyms and 15 Essay: Written Response Antonyms antonyms for words; definition of antonyms
Changing the first or last letters to form word families, use letter sounds 16 Word Similarities Essay: Written Response association and sounds to spell words
Alphabetize to the third letter; using guide words; how to alphabetize short Study: EB Learning Material 17 Alphabetization and long words Essay: Written Response
Comprehension
Main Ideas and Identify main idea and details; recognize the title as a source of the main 18 Essay: Expository writing Details idea; determine the key words and topic sentence
Sequencing and Put in order of sequence; students read clues and decide what could happen 19 Essay: Narrative Writing Outcomes next in a story; chronological order and spatial order
117
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Classifying Definition of classifying; students classify various groups of items; finding 20 Essay: Written Response Information general to specific order; sub-groups
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, Essay: Compare and 21 Contrast characters, etc.; transitions Contrast writing
Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify Summarizing and 22 points to be included in a summary; the process of going from a specific Essay: Written Response Paraphrasing account to general statements; paraphrasing; avoiding plagiarism
Identify facts and opinions, idioms, and sense words; choose significant 23 Fact and Opinion details which do or do not support the main idea; identify information which Essay: Expository writing gives support for opinions; verifying facts
Propaganda and Study: EB Learning Material 24 Identify propaganda and bias; bandwagon; testimonials Bias Essay: Written Response
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 25 Cause and Effect Essay: Expository writing reading clues; short and long term effects
Common 26 Everyday sayings, proverbs, and common abbreviations Essay: Written Response Expressions
Distinguish the author’s purpose; narrative, descriptive, expository, and 27 Purpose in Writing Essay: Written Response persuasive writing
Recognizing points of view; first person, second person, third person, and 28 Point of View Essay: Narrative Writing narrator
Understand elements of nonfiction; definition and examples of historical Study: EB Learning Material 29 Fiction fiction; understanding the elements of time and setting Essay: Written Response
118
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Use major elements of story structure; exciting force; rising and falling Study: EB Learning Material 30 Elements of Fiction action; complications Essay: Written Response
Literary Skills
Study: EB Learning Material 31 Literary Terms Identify the elements of flashback and foreshadowing; mood and tone Essay: Writer's Choice
Study: EB Learning Material 32 Fables and Folktales Definition and examples of fables, folktales, and tall tales; fantasy Essay: Narrative Writing
Understand elements of nonfiction; essay; autobiography and biography; Study: EB Learning Material 33 Nonfiction narratives Essay: Narrative Writing
Identify the important elements in newspaper articles; lead sentences; topic Study: EB Learning Material 34 Newspaper Writing sentences; concluding sentences; using the inverted pyramid to answer five Essay: Narrative Writing “W” questions
Study: EB Learning Material 35 Poetry Poetry; ballad; sonnet; free verse; imagery in poetry; lyric poetry Essay: Written Response
Identify the elements of a drama: tragedy and comedy; script; stage Study: EB Learning Material 36 Plays directions; playwrights; tragic hero; tragic flaw; melodrama Essay: Written Response
Figurative Study: EB Learning Material 37 Identifying and correctly using metaphors and similes Language 1 Essay: Written Response
Figurative Identifying and correctly using similes, hyperbole, and personification; Study: EB Learning Material 38 Language 2 alliteration, onomatopoeia, oxymorons, and contradictions Essay: Written Response
39 Analogies Examples of analogies; relationships of words; logic Essay: Written Response
119
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Words common to math, science, government, transportation, other 40 Special Vocabulary Essay: Written Response languages, weather, space, business, theatre, and ecology
120
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Consonants Quick Students identify consonant-vowel patterns that help determine Reading VIII 1 Essay: Activity Review pronunciation; letters with two sounds; blends, digraphs, and diphthongs
Identify the principle parts of verbs; action and state of being verbs; tenses; 2 Verbs Quick Review Essay: Narrative Writing participles
Word Analysis
Study: EB Learning Material 3 Sight Vocabulary High frequency words that students recognize on sight Essay: Written Response
Common Understanding changes with plurals; verbs; vowel sounds; rules for spelling 4 Essay: Activity Misspellings tricky words; exceptions to spelling rules
5 Root Words Root words without spelling changes; root words with spelling changes Essay: Written Response
Correctly use the prefixes pre-, en-, non-, mis-, non-, in- and im-, dis-, anti-, 6 Prefixes Essay: Written Response sub-, re-, etc.; meanings of prefixes
Definition and examples of suffixes; meaning of various suffixes; correct use 7 Suffixes Essay: Activity of the suffixes -ible, -able, -ful, -ment, -y, -ly and -ily
Greek and Latin 8 Examples and definitions of root words with Greek and Latin derivatives Words
Definition and examples of compound words; students identify compound 9 Compound Words Essay: Illustration words
Definition of synonyms; students practice finding synonyms for words; using 10 Synonyms Essay: Written Response the thesaurus as a source for synonyms
121
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and examples of antonyms; students identify antonyms in 11 Antonyms Essay: Written Response sentences
Definition of homophones; looking for clues in a sentence that indicate which 12 Homophones Essay: Expository homophone should be used
Review of homographs; using context to determine meaning and word 13 Word Similarities Essay: Written Response pronunciation
Contractions by verb groups: has, will, us, are, would, and have; negative 14 Contractions Essay: Activity contractions
15 Word Families Changing the first letter or letters to form word families Essay: Activity
Discovering the commonality that creates an analogy; analogies on 16 Analogies Essay: Activity standardized tests
Recognize the definition of a word in a sentence; recognize the exact Connotation & 17 definition of a word in a sentence; make an inference based on feelings and Essay: Written Response Denotation motives
Increasing reading comprehension by understanding words with multiple 18 Multiple Meanings Essay: Written Response meanings; using context clues to determine word meaning
19 Alphabetization Tips for alphabetizing; alphabetizing abbreviations Essay: Written Response
Definition and examples of core subject words, including: math, science, 20 Core Subject Words Essay: Research language arts, computer, social studies, art, and drama
Order and Students determine order of events; students read clues and decide what Study: EB Learning Material 21 Sequence could happen next in a story Essay: Narrative Writing
122
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify main idea and details; recognize the title as a source of the main Main Ideas and 22 idea; determine the key words and topic sentence; the position of the topic Essay: Descriptive Writing Details sentence in a paragraph
Identify facts and opinions, idioms, and sense words; choose significant Study: EB Learning Material 23 Fact and Opinion details which do or do not support the main idea; identify information which Essay: Written Response gives support for opinions; verifying facts
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 24 Cause and Effect Essay: Narrative Writing reading clues; short and long term effects
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, 25 Essay: Written Response Contrast characters, etc.; the thesis statement; similarities and differences
Classifying 26 Definition of classifying; students classify various groups of items Essay: Written Response Information
27 Characterization Identifying clues about character traits Essay: Narrative Writing
Definition and examples of summary; students read a story and identify points to be included in a summary; the process of going from a specific 28 Summarizing Essay: Written Response account to general statements; students will retell a story in their own words; paraphrasing; avoiding plagiarism; generalizations
Predicting Make an inference based on drawing conclusions; logic and character’s actions 29 Essay: Written Response Outcomes in making inferences
Common Everyday humorous sayings, proverbs, and common abbreviations; using 30 Essay: Illustrations Expressions euphemisms in informal language
123
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Elements of newspaper reporting; answer the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in a reading; identify propaganda and bias; headlines, Study: EB Learning Material 31 Newspaper Writing bylines, and datelines; propaganda techniques including: loaded words, Essay: Written Response transfer, and unreliable testimonials
Categories of fiction; elements of fiction including: rising action, climax, falling Study: EB Learning Material 32 Elements of Fiction action, resolution, characters, setting, and theme; historical science and Essay: Written Response realistic fiction
Study: EB Learning Material 33 Purpose in Writing Distinguish the author’s purpose; writing for a specific or a general purpose Essay: Written Response
Identify elements of nonfictional writing; biography, autobiography, essay, Study: EB Learning Material 34 Nonfiction newspaper, and historical accounts Essay: Written Response
Recognizing point of view; first person, second person, third person, and 35 Point of View narrator; understand elements of nonfiction; third person omniscient narrator Essay: Activity and third person limited narrator
Literary Skills
36 Folklore Definition and examples of fables, folktales, and tall tales; tricksters; symbols Essay: Narrative Writing
Poetry; ballad; sonnet; lyric; narrative; limerick; free verse; identify the Study: EB Learning Material 37 Poetry 1 elements of a farce and satire; irony and parody; oxymorons; rhythm Essay: Written Response patterns in poetry
Characteristics of narrative poetry; heroic adventures; importance of rhyming Study: EB Learning Material 38 Poetry 2 in narrative poetry Essay: Narrative Writing
Study: EB Learning Material 39 Plays Identify the elements of a drama, tragedy, and comedy; scenes and acts Essay: Letter writing
124
A+nyWhere Learning System Reading VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identify elements of mood and tone; identify flashback as a literary tool; Study: EB Learning Material 40 Literary Devices identify foreshadowing and imagery as literary tools; mood and tone Essay: Written Response
Identifying and correctly using metaphors and similes; identifying and Figurative Study: EB Learning Material 41 correctly using similes, hyperbole, and personification; using alliteration and Language Essay: Activity onomatopoeia
Figure of Speech Review of overstatement and understatement; analogy; irony, hyperbole, Study: EB Learning Material 42 Review personification, clichés, euphemisms, and doublespeak Essay: Activity
125
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Foundations IA Grade Levels 9-12
English Foundations IA
This full semester course is designed to build foundational reading and writing skills—guiding students through the reading, writing, and basic academic skills needed for success in high school. It supports literacy development at the critical stage between decoding and drawing meaning from text. Through intensive reading and writing skills instruction, practice sets, graduated reading levels, and helpful strategy tips, this course leads students to improved comprehension and text handling.
English Foundations IA is presented as a full semester high school course and contains seventy-seven lessons.
. Fifty-six lessons contain a study guide and a practice and mastery test.
. Twenty-one lessons include writing assignments in which students apply knowledge gained in the study guide and complete a constructed response. Answer keys are available to assist teachers in grading the assignments.
• The first semester contains eight units that encompass every aspect of a solid English curriculum. Units include Main Ideas, Fact and Opinion, Summarizing, Understanding Word Choice, Inferences, Purpose in Writing, Genre in Literature, and Reading Strategies.
126
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9–12
• The content in this course is based on Common Core Standards.
• Students learn to identify and correctly use all parts of speech. They also learn proper sentence construction, sentence types, and sentence parts. Punctuation guidelines are also an important part of this course.
• Students learn the steps of the writing process as well as the aspects of ideas, organization, voice, word choice, fluency, and conventions. Students practice writing in a variety of formats that include personal narratives, journals, newspaper writing, and descriptive writing.
• Students acquire the necessary skills to understand and appreciate literature by exploring universal themes while learning about literary terms, devices, and forms.
Length of Number of Course in Grade Writing Course Name Lessons Semesters Levels Assignments
English Foundations IA 77 1 9–12 20
127
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Unit 1: Main Ideas
Identify main idea and details; recognize the title as a source of the main 1.01 Main Ideas idea; determine the key words and topic sentence
Guidelines for dividing words into syllables; using phonetic clues and 1.02 Syllables diacritical marks to identify word pronunciation
1.03 Story Details Definition and examples of details; recalling details from stories
Changing the first or last letters to form word families; use letter sounds 1.04 Word Families association and sounds to spell words; use context clues to decode words
Sequencing and Sequence a series of pictures; definition and examples of sequence; 1.05 Classifying importance of word order in a story; words that indicate sequence
Writing Writing a description of people, places, and events; using adjectives in writing Writing Assignment 1.06 Descriptions assignments
Definition and use of verbs; identify verbs and verb usage in sentences; 1.07 Verb Usage regular verbs; action verbs; colorful and tricky verbs
1.08 Details Recognizing and using details to enhance and support writing Writing Assignment
Noun 1.09 Definition and use of nouns; locating nouns in sentences Identification
Unit 2: Fact and Opinion
Definitions and examples of facts and opinions; how propaganda is used to 2.01 Fact and Opinion influence opinions; learning the difference between fact and opinion
128
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Prefixes and Correct use of the prefixes re-, un-, dis-; correct use of the suffixes -er, -or, 2.02 Suffixes -less, -ly, -ing
Definitions of cause and effect; students identify various causes and effects by 2.03 Cause and Effect reading clues
Introduction to tables, charts, and diagrams; gaining information from 2.04 Information pictures, charts and diagrams
Drawing 2.05 Drawing conclusions based on inference Conclusions
Five “W” Using the who, what, when, where, why, and how questions to understand a 2.06 Questions reading selection
Sentences 2.07 Sentence definition; complete sentences; sentence fragments Defined
Writing 2.08 Complete Writing complete sentences; identifying subject/predicate Writing Assignment Sentences
Word Order in 2.09 Understanding word order in sentences Sentences
Subjects and 2.10 Identifying subjects and predicates in complete sentences Writing Assignment Predicates
2.11 Sentence Flaws Definition and examples of run-on sentences
129
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Punctuating 2.12 Complete Using periods in complete sentences Writing Assignment Sentences
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 2.13 Paragraph Types Writing Assignment narrative, instructive, comparative, and contrasting paragraphs
Developing Topic Developing topic sentences; using indention when needed; using supporting 2.14 Writing Assignment Sentences details
Ideas and 2.15 Writing sentences to express personal ideas and opinions Writing Assignment Opinions
Unit 3: Summarizing
Summarizing Definition and examples of a summary; identifying points to be included in a 3.01 and Paraphrasing summary; students will retell a story in their own words
Compound 3.02 Recognizing and forming compound words Words
Capitalizing common and proper nouns; using capital letters to begin a 3.03 Capitalization sentence
3.04 Contractions Identify words that form contractions
Special Uses of Capitalizing titles of books, newspapers, songs, outlines, poems; capitalizing 3.05 Capitalization and punctuating narrative dialogue
Compound 3.06 Definition and examples of compound words; identifying compound words Words: A Review
130
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Ending 3.07 Correct punctuation of declarative and imperative sentences Punctuation
Questions and 3.08 Using question marks and exclamation marks Exclamations
Using commas with introductory words and nouns of address; punctuation of 3.09 Commas appositives
Simple and Simple and compound sentences; using commas and conjunctions to join a 3.10 Compound compound sentence Sentences
Commas in 3.11 Punctuation of items in a series Series
Order Within 3.12 Organizing a paragraph using time-order words and sequencing Writing Assignment Paragraphs
3.13 Apostrophes Using an apostrophe to show possession and in forming contractions
Unit 4: Understanding Word Choice
Synonyms and Definition and examples of synonyms, antonyms, and analogies; practice 4.01 Antonyms finding a synonym or antonym for words; understanding analogies
4.02 Prewriting Prewriting; brainstorming for ideas; using illustrations to generate ideas Writing Assignment
4.03 Linking Verbs Linking verbs; forms of be
4.04 Writing Drafts Writing; using strategies to produce a writing draft Writing Assignment
131
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
4.05 Transitive Verbs Transitive verbs; direct objects
Forming Examples of common contractions; how contractions are formed; using an 4.06 Contractions apostrophe
4.07 Conjunctions Identifying conjunctions; use of conjunctions when combining sentences
Unit 5: Inferences
Feelings and 5.01 Making inferences based on feelings, motives, and character traits Motives
5.02 Sensory Words Using adjectives that appeal to the senses Writing Assignment
Figurative 5.03 Reviewing onomatopoeia and alliteration in writing Writing Assignment Language
5.04 Context Clues Using word clues and structural analysis to determine word meaning
5.05 Pronouns Definition and use of pronouns; singular and plural pronouns
Homophones 5.06 Definition and examples of homophones and homographs and Homographs
5.07 Pronoun Cases Identifying and using subjective pronouns; example list of subject pronouns
Revising the Revising the draft: adding descriptive words, checking the appropriate use of 5.08 Writing Assignment Draft sentence types, paragraph structure and time order
The Importance Proofreading: using a dictionary; editing for grammar, punctuation, 5.09 Writing Assignment of Proofreading capitalization, and spelling
132
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
5.10 Publishing Preparing written work for publication Writing Assignment
Unit 6: Purpose in Writing
6.01 Point of View Definition and examples of first and third person points of view
6.02 Journals Using a journal to improve writing skills Writing Assignment
Purpose in 6.03 Writing for the purposes of giving information or to entertain Writing
6.04 Letters Writing friendly letters and addressing envelopes Writing Assignment
Objective 6.05 Identifying and using object pronouns Pronouns
Possessive 6.06 Identifying and using possessive pronouns and personal pronouns Pronouns
Personal 6.07 Using personal pronouns I and me Pronouns
Unit 7: Genre in Literature
Story Elements Definition and examples of setting; the elements of time and setting; the 7.01 and Setting importance of setting to a story
7.02 Titles Writing titles for books, poems, and songs Writing Assignment
133
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Understanding 7.03 Narrative and Understanding narrative and expository materials Expository
7.04 Story Endings Writing story endings Writing Assignment
Connotation and 7.05 Understanding word meaning in sentences Denotation
7.06 Narratives Tips for writing personal narratives Writing Assignment
7.07 Tricky Words Proper use of may/can, should/would, good/well
7.08 Adjectives Definition of adjective; identifying and using adjectives in sentences
Adjectives as 7.09 Using article adjectives a, an, and the Articles
7.10 Adverbs Definition of adverb; identifying and using adverbs in sentences
Unit 8: Reading Strategies
Main Ideas and Identify topic sentence, main idea, and supporting details; location of topic 8.01 Supporting sentence; author’s purpose Details
Asking Important Five W and One H questions; information sources; applying questions to 8.02 Details reading and writing
Words and 8.03 Using pictures, maps, tables, graphs, and charts to enhance writing Pictures
134
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
More Figurative Identifying and using figurative language: simile, metaphor, personification, 8.04 Language idiom
Topic sentence and main idea; supporting details; concluding sentence; Structure of 8.05 introduction, body, and conclusion; sequence and order; cause and effect; Stories compare and contrast; signal words
Outcomes and Using clue words, phrases, and observations to make predictions and reach 8.06 Conclusions conclusions
135
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Foundations IB Grade Levels 9-12
This course is designed to help students achieve grade-level reading, writing, and basic academic skills. This course is also supportive of literacy development at the critical stage between decoding and comprehension from written text. The instruction provided to the student leads to improved comprehension, text handling, and solid foundational writing skills. Semester IA and IB provide a scaffold of instruction that brings the student from basic concepts to accomplished mastery of reading and writing skills, enabling the student to progress to the needed grade-level or higher.
English Foundations IB is presented as a full semester high school course and contains eighty lessons.
. Sixty lessons contain a study guide, a practice, and a mastery test.
. Twenty lessons include writing assignments in which students apply knowledge gained in the study guide and complete a constructed response. Answer keys are available to assist teachers in grading the assignments.
• This course builds on English Foundations IA and contains seven units that provide a comprehensive English curriculum. Units include Main Ideas; Developing Writing Skills; Summarizing; Summarizing in Different Subjects; Inferences; Purpose in Writing; and Genre in Literature.
136
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
• The content in this course is based on Common Core Standards.
• Students learn to identify and correctly use all parts of speech. They also learn proper sentence construction, sentence types, and sentence parts. Punctuation guidelines are also an important part of this course.
• Students learn the steps of the writing process as well as the aspects of ideas, organization, voice, word choice, fluency, and conventions. Students practice writing in a variety of formats that include personal narratives, journals, newspaper writing, and descriptive writing.
• Students learn to identify facts and opinions and how to use them in writing. They also learn the skills of editing and proofreading to increase their writing skills.
• Students learn how to make informational connections with a variety of reading subjects and genres.
Length of Number of Course in Grade Writing Course Name Lessons Semesters Levels Assignments
Foundations of English IB 80 1 9-12 20
137
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Unit 1: Main Ideas
Main Ideas and Determine the main idea of a paragraph; recognize the topic sentence; 1.01 Details identify and write detail and supporting sentences
Organizing Develop sequence and order in stories and paragraphs; using a time line and 1.02 Study: Writing Assignment Paragraphs clue words
Pronunciation Use phonetic clues and diacritical marks to identify word pronunciation; divide 1.03 and Syllables words into syllables
Determine subject and verb in sentences; definition of action verbs; identify 1.04 Action Verbs verbs and verb usage in sentences
Sequencing- Recognize patterns in writing; sequencing and classifying; chronological and 1.05 Classifying numerical order; clue words; categories
Using root words to determine meaning and pronunciation; adding prefixes 1.06 Root Words and suffixes
1.07 Nouns Definition and use of nouns; identifying nouns
Predicting 1.08 Using word clues and self experience to predict outcomes Outcomes
1.09 Prefixes Definition of prefix; use of the prefixes re-, un- , dis- , mis-, in-, and non-
Definition of suffix; how suffixes change words; use of the suffixes -s, -ed, 1.10 Suffixes -ing, -able, -er, -or, -ful, -less, -y, -ly, -ment
138
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Unit 2: Developing Writing Skills
2.01 Fact and Opinion Definitions of fact and opinion; differences and the use of each
Writing Short Identifying fact and opinion; using fact and opinion in a short report; outlining 2.02 Study: Writing Assignment Reports a short report
Definitions of cause and effect; word clues and signal words; identifying cause 2.03 Cause and Effect and effect in examples
Identifying Sentence definition; identifying the complete subject and complete predicate, 2.04 Subjects and simple subject and simple predicate, and compound subjects and predicates Predicates
Writing complete sentences; identifying and using the subject and predicate Writing Complete 2.05 in sentences; recognizing sentence fragments and run-on sentences; Study: Writing Assignment Sentences correcting run-on sentences
Problem 2.06 Avoiding sentence fragments and run-on sentences Sentences
Simple and Simple and compound sentences; using connecting words and correct 2.07 Compound punctuation; using a semicolon in compound sentences Sentences
Five “W” Using the who, what, when, where, why and how questions in reading and 2.08 Questions writing
Ending 2.09 Four types of sentences and proper punctuation Punctuation
Newspaper Writing a newspaper story using facts and the who, what, where, when, why, 2.10 Study: Writing Assignment Stories and how questions
139
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Punctuating 2.11 Special Punctuation in interrogative and exclamatory sentences Sentences
Identifying Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 2.12 Study: Writing Assignment Sentence Types interrogative sentences
Unit 3: Summarizing
Summarizing - Definition and examples of a summary; identifying points to be included in a 3.01 Paraphrasing summary; paraphrasing
Finding and narrowing a topic for writing; using interests, personal 3.02 Brainstorming Study: Writing Assignment experiences, and pictures; brainstorming and asking questions
Definition and examples of compound words; separated and hyphenated 3.03 Compound Words compound words
Simple and 3.04 Compound Recognizing simple and compound sentences Study: Writing Assignment Sentences
Capitalization and punctuation of common abbreviations: days of the week, 3.05 Abbreviations months of the year, states, addresses, measurements
Capitalizing 3.06 Punctuation and capitalization of titles, initials, and personal pronouns Special Words
Dialogue 3.07 Using punctuation in direct quotes and dialogue Punctuation
Definition and examples of characterization and character traits; students 3.08 Characterization make an inference based on characters and character traits
140
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Figurative Onomatopoeia, alliteration, simile, and metaphor; poetry techniques and 3.09 Study: Writing Assignment Language sound patterns
Punctuating 3.10 Definition of appositive; identifying and using commas with appositives Appositives
Commas and Using commas in bibliographies, in a series, with introductory words, and in 3.11 Semicolons compound sentences
Literary 3.12 Literary conventions and writing genres: fantasy, folktale, fable Study: Writing Assignment Conventions
Unit 4: Summarizing in Different Subjects
Reading Reading strategies for math text: skim, take notes, study pictures, practice, 4.01 Strategies in summarize, review Math
Definition and examples of synonyms; using a dictionary and thesaurus as a 4.02 Synonyms source for finding synonyms
Definition and examples of antonyms; using a dictionary and thesaurus as a 4.03 Antonyms source for antonyms
Writing Writing strategies to produce a rough draft; using the 5 W questions and 4.04 Study: Writing Assignment Strategies acrostics
Transitive and Definition and examples of transitive and intransitive verbs; identifying direct 4.05 Intransitive Verbs objects
Reading Reading strategies for science texts: use the glossary; take notes; study 4.06 Strategies in bolded/highlighted words, introductory paragraphs, section headers, and Science pictures and diagrams; review
141
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Revising; using proper punctuation and capitalization; using descriptive 4.07 Revising Study: Writing Assignment words, appropriate sentence types, and correct paragraph structure
4.08 Linking Verbs Definition and examples of linking verbs; commonly used linking verbs
Definition, formation, and use of contractions; use of apostrophes; commonly 4.09 Contractions misused contractions
Reading Reading strategies for social science texts; expository writing and subject- 4.10 Strategies in specific vocabulary; using context clues, signal words, and sequential order; Social Studies recognizing patterns
4.11 Conjunctions Definition and use of conjunctions; list of common conjunctions
Definition and use of adjectives; proper adjectives; predicate adjectives; 4.12 Adjectives demonstrative adjectives; articles
Unit 5: Inferences
Using prior knowledge to understand the problems and feelings of characters 5.01 Prior Knowledge in stories and the importance of historical events
Definition and use of specific words that appeal to the senses; using 5.02 Sensory Words Study: Writing Assignment observation
Drawing 5.03 Using story clues and personal experiences to draw conclusions Conclusions
Definition and types of paragraphs: descriptive, narrative, instructive, 5.04 Paragraph Types Study: Writing Assignment comparative, and contrasting; organizing a paragraph
Topics and 5.05 Developing topic sentences and supporting details Study: Writing Assignment Details
142
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of multiple meanings; recognize the multiple meanings of words by 5.06 Multiple Meanings using context clues
5.07 Context Clues Using context clues to determine the meaning of unknown words
Definition of pronouns; identify and use pronouns in a sentence; subject and 5.08 Pronouns object pronouns, plural and singular
Homonyms and 5.09 Definition of homophones and homonyms; identify homophones in sentences Homophones
Editing and Proofreading; editing for grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling; 5.10 Study: Writing Assignment Proofreading sources for publishing
Nominative Review linking verbs and subject pronouns; use and location of nominative 5.11 Pronouns pronouns
Various Pronoun Review subject and predicate (object) pronouns; use of pronouns in 5.12 Uses compound subjects and compound objects
Comparative and Review of adjectives; introduction to comparative and superlative adjectives; 5.13 Superlative adding -er and -est to form adjectives Adjectives
Adverb definition; using -ly to form adverbs; determining correct use of 5.14 Adverbs adverbs
Unit 6: Purpose in Writing
Definition for point of view; using pronouns to identify point of view; 6.01 Point of View examples of first and third person points of view
6.02 Journals Using a journal to improve writing skills Study: Writing Assignment
143
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Purpose in 6.03 Writing to describe, entertain, inform, or persuade Writing
6.04 Letters Writing a friendly letter; 5 parts of a friendly letter; addressing an envelope Study: Writing Assignment
Punctuation Punctuation and capitalization of dates, cities and states, and greetings and 6.05 Usage closings of friendly letters
6.06 Colons Using colons in business letters, writing clock times, and an introduced list
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting; using signal words; 6.07 Contrast understanding relationship
Definition for possessive nouns and possessive pronouns; using an Possessive 6.08 apostrophe to form possessive nouns; examples and rules for possessive Pronouns pronouns
6.09 Story Starters Using story starters to begin the writing process Study: Writing Assignment
Prepositional 6.10 Using prepositional phrases as adverbs Phrases
Comparative and superlative forms of adverbs; using -er and -est, more and 6.11 Adverbial Forms most to form adverbial forms
Unit 7: Genre in Literature
Use major elements of story structure (beginning-middle-end, character, 7.01 Story Elements setting, plot) to discuss literature and write a story
7.02 Titles Creating a title for stories Study: Writing Assignment
144
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Literary forms: biography, autobiography, short story, and poetry; using 7.03 Literary Forms sound devices and figurative language
Determine the purpose of a narrative; identify story elements including 7.04 Narratives setting, characters, problem, and resolution
Differences between fiction and nonfiction; 3 types of fiction: realistic, Fiction and 7.05 science, historical; nonfiction forms: biographies, autobiographies, Nonfiction informational books and sources, newspaper articles
Connotation and Definitions of denotation and connotation; determining positive and negative 7.06 Denotation feeling of words; using context clues
Personal Study: Writing Assignment 7.07 Writing a personal narrative; use of detail and sequence Narratives
Reality and Definition of fantasy; difference between reality and fantasy; distinguish 7.08 Fantasy between real and make-believe
Folktales and Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales, and fables; use of 7.09 Fables exaggeration
145
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Foundations IIA Grade Levels 9-12
This full semester course is designed to help students achieve grade-level reading, writing, and basic academic skills. Lessons support literacy development at the critical stage between decoding and comprehension from written text. The instruction provided to the student leads to improved comprehension, text handling, and solid foundational writing skills. Advanced subjects build on skills learned in English Foundations I.
English Foundations IIA is presented as a full semester high school course consisting of ninety-one lessons.
. Seventy-two lessons contain a study guide and a practice and mastery test.
. Nineteen lessons include writing assignments in which students apply knowledge gained in the study guide and complete a constructed response. Answer keys are available to assist teachers in grading the assignments.
• This course builds on English Foundations I and contains seven units that provide a comprehensive English curriculum. Units include More Basic Concepts, Gathering and Organizing Information, Summarizing, Summarizing in Different Subjects, Inferences, Purpose in Writing, and Genre in Literature.
146
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9–12
• The content in this course is based on Common Core Standards.
• Students learn rules for capitalization, verb conjugation, and pronunciation. They also cover basic subject/verb agreement and how to construct complete sentences.
• Students review the steps of the writing process as well as how to gather, organize, and summarize information. Students practice writing in a variety of formats that include letters, book reports, and personal narratives as well as narrative, expository, persuasive, and descriptive essays.
• Students learn to identify facts and opinions and how to use them in writing. They also review the skills of editing and proofreading to increase their writing skills.
• Students learn how to make informational connections with a variety of reading subjects and genres with special focus on reading strategies for science and social studies.
Length of Number of Course in Grade Writing Course Name Lessons Semesters Levels Assignments
English Foundations IIA 91 1 9–12 19
147
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Unit 1: More Basic Concepts
1.01 Main Ideas Identify the main idea and details in stories and poems; outlining
1.02 Verb Tense Definition and use of verbs; verb conjugation: present, past, and future tense
1.03 Noun Usage Definition and use of nouns
Word analysis: phonetic skills, context clues, root words, and word families; creating word 1.04 Root Words families by adding prefixes and suffixes
Sequencing and 1.05 Patterns in writing; sequencing and classifying; clue words and chronological order Classifying
1.06 Capitalization Review of capitalization rules
1.07 Parallelism Word order and sentence patterns; parallel phrases and words
Pronunciation and 1.08 Decoding words using syllabication and diacritical marks; understanding the schwa sound Syllables
Writing Complete Identifying the subject and predicate in complete sentences; avoiding sentence fragments 1.09 Study: Writing Assignment Sentences and run-on sentences
1.10 Irregular Verbs Definition of regular and irregular verbs; irregular verb forms including be, do, and have
Subject-Verb 1.11 Recognize and use correct subject/verb agreement Agreement
Definition of contractions; punctuating contractions with an apostrophe; recognizing 1.12 Contractions double negatives
148
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Common and 1.13 Common and proper nouns; capitalization rules for nouns Proper Nouns
Unit 2: Gathering and Organizing Information
2.01 Fact and Opinion Identify facts and opinions; steps to determine facts; using idioms
Sentence definition; complete sentences; run-on sentences; sentence fragments; word 2.02 Sentence Flaws order of sentences
2.03 Prefixes Correct use of the prefixes re-, un-, non- , in- , mis-, pre-, post-
Ideas and Expressing personal ideas and opinions; guidelines for good listening; guidelines for 2.04 Study: Writing Assignment Opinions speaking
Asking Important 2.05 Asking the who, what, when, where, why, and how questions; skills of a journalist Questions
Simple and Reviewing simple sentences; identifying compound sentences; using conjunctions and 2.06 Compound commas in compound sentences Sentences
Reviewing simple and compound sentences; identifying 4 sentence types: imperative, 2.07 Sentence Types Study: Writing Assignment declarative, exclamatory, interrogative
2.08 Suffixes Correct use of the suffixes -less, -ly, -ous, -ness, -ful, -y
2.09 Cause and Effect Definitions of cause and effect; identify causes and effects by reading clues
End Marks in Using correct end marks in declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 2.10 Punctuation interrogative sentences
149
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Determining 2.11 Identifying declarative, imperative, exclamatory and interrogative sentences Sentence Type
Writing Good Definition and examples of paragraphs: descriptive, expository, narrative, 2.12 Study: Writing Assignment Paragraphs persuasive paragraphs; choosing a good topic sentence
Unit 3: Summarizing
3.01 Summarizing Definition and examples of a summary; summarizing and paraphrasing
Punctuation 3.02 Punctuation and capitalization of abbreviations, initials, and titles Usage
Verbs and Identify verbs in sentences; verb tenses: past, present, future; form common 3.03 Contractions contractions
Developing Developing a paragraph using supporting details and a good conclusion; using 3.04 Study: Writing Assignment Paragraphs time order, place order, and order of importance
3.05 Generalizations Definition of generalizations; using clue words to determine validity
3.06 Plurals Review of spelling rules to form plural nouns
Singular and Definition of singular and plural nouns; spelling rules to form plural nouns; 3.07 Plural Nouns irregular nouns
Recognizing an author's purpose: to inform, to persuade, to entertain; 3.08 Writing Purposes definition and examples of first person and third person points of view
Definition and examples of compound words; identify compound words: open, 3.09 Compound Words closed, and hyphenated
150
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Process of Selecting and narrowing a topic; identifying the audience; writing 3.10 Study: Writing Assignment Writing introductions and conclusions
3.11 Characterization Using inference to determine character traits
Unit 4: Summarizing in Different Subjects
Determining main verbs and helping verbs; use of may and can, would and 4.01 Helping Verbs could, shall and will
Action and 4.02 Recognizing action verbs, linking verbs, and helping verbs Linking Verbs
Core Subject Identify and use subject-specific words in math, science, language arts, and 4.03 Words social studies
4.04 Prewriting Brainstorming; preparing a working outline Study: Writing Assignment
Reading Using reading skills to understand science: preview lesson, skim, take notes; 4.05 Strategies in notice introductory paragraphs, objective pages, and section headers; devote Science attention to key words, visual media, and root words
4.06 Possessive Nouns Possessive nouns; apostrophes in possessive nouns
4.07 Information Using graphs (line, bar, pie, pictogram), charts, and diagrams
4.08 Adverb Usage Identifying adverbs; negative adverbs; adverb intensifiers
Reading Recognize expository writing in social studies; applying reading skills: 4.09 Strategies in patterns, clue words, and order Social Studies
151
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Transitive and 4.10 Recognizing transitive and intransitive verbs Intransitive Verbs
Definition and examples of conjunctions; conjunctions appearing in pairs 4.11 Conjunctions (neither/nor, either/or, but/also); using commas with conjunctions
Comparative and Comparative and superlative adverbs; positive adverbs; irregular adverbs; 4.12 Superlative using -er, -est, more, and most Adverbs
Synonyms and 4.13 Definition and examples of synonyms and antonyms; using a thesaurus Antonyms
Writing Writing: develop a first draft, choose audience and purpose, create topic 4.14 Study: Writing Assignment Strategies sentence and details, sequence events
Revising: revision questions regarding the organization, format, and sequence 4.15 Revising Writing Study: Writing Assignment of draft; check for relevancy in sentences and paragraphs
Unit 5: Inferences
Using prior knowledge to understand the problems and feelings of characters 5.01 Prior Knowledge in stories and the importance of historical events
Easily Confused Homophones; misused words: then/than, beside/besides, principle/principal, 5.02 Words between/among, good/well; word combinations
Homographs and 5.03 Definition and examples of common homophones and homographs Homophones
Proofreading, checking the accuracy of sentence structure, grammar, 5.04 Proofreading Study: Writing Assignment punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
152
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of adjective; identifying adjectives in sentences; proper nouns and 5.05 Adjectives proper adjectives
Definition and examples of homophones and homographs; recognize the 5.06 Multiple Meanings multiple meanings of words
Pronouns and Definitions of pronouns; identify pronouns in a sentence; subject and object 5.07 Antecedents pronouns; antecedents
Writing for the Writing: Identifying the audience; personal writing; news stories; tall tales; 5.08 Study: Writing Assignment Reader business letters; guidelines for writing a short report
Drawing Analyzing word clues to draw a conclusion; guidelines for drawing 5.09 Conclusions conclusions; examination and discussion of evidence
5.10 Pronoun Case Three types of pronouns: subjective (nominative), objective, and possessive
Connotation and Definition of connotation and denotation; determining positive or negative 5.11 Denotations connotation; using context clues
Substituting 5.12 Substituting nouns for pronouns; identifying antecedents Pronouns
5.13 Context Clues Identifying word meanings using context clues and inferences
Determining meaning for unfamiliar words by using context clues; tips on 5.14 Unfamiliar Words identifying context clues
Unit 6: Purpose in Writing
Recognizing point of view: first person, third person omniscient, and third 6.01 Point of View person limited
153
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Predictions and Understanding written text by practicing the skills of predicting outcomes and 6.02 Conclusions drawing conclusions
Adjective Using comparative and superlative adjective forms; using -er and -est to 6.03 Intensifiers identify adjective forms
Punctuation and capitalization of dates, cities, states, and comma usage in 6.04 Punctuation Uses friendly letters
Figurative 6.05 Understanding figurative language; hyperbole, alliteration, and onomatopoeia Language
6.06 Analogies Understanding analogy relationships: antonym, synonym, idea
Bibliographies Guidelines for outlining research projects; capitalization and punctuation rules 6.07 and References for a bibliography
Purpose in Distinguishing an author's purpose: to inform, to persuade, to entertain; 6.08 Writing identify point of view
Figurative 6.09 Language in Understanding figurative language: metaphors, similes, and personification Literature
Greek and Latin History of English language: Old English, Middle English, Modern English; 6.10 Words examples and definitions of English words with Greek and Latin derivatives
Compare and Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting; using comparison and 6.11 Contrast contrast to add interest in writing
Comparing and Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 6.12 Study: Writing Assignment Contrasting differences in characters, settings, and events in literature
154
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Punctuating Punctuating dates, addresses, and greetings and closings of letters; 6.13 Dates and More addressing an envelope
Writing friendly letters, social letters, and business letters; addressing 6.14 Letters Study: Writing Assignment envelopes
Unit 7: Genre in Literature
Definition and examples of historical fiction, understanding the elements of 7.01 Setting time and setting
Parts of the Writing: identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, 7.02 Study: Writing Assignment Essay introduction, body, and conclusion
Using major elements of story structure: beginning-middle-end, characters, 7.03 Story Elements setting, plot, conflict and resolution
Elements of nonfiction literature including biographies, autobiographies, 7.04 Nonfiction essays, and journals; examples of science fiction and realistic fiction
7.05 Book Reports Writing: guidelines for writing a brief book summary Study: Writing Assignment
Recalling details from narratives; story elements including setting, characters, 7.06 Narratives conflict, and resolution
7.07 Narrative Essays Writing a narrative paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment
Narrative and 7.08 Expository Identifying elements of narrative writing and expository writing Writing
Folktales and 7.09 Definition and examples of tall tales, folktales, and fables Fables
155
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIA Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Expository 7.10 Writing an expository paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
Descriptive 7.11 Writing a descriptive paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
Persuasive 7.12 Guidelines for writing a persuasive paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
156
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Foundations IIB Grades 9-12
This course is designed to help students achieve grade-level reading, writing, and basic academic skills. Lessons support literacy development at the critical stage between decoding and comprehension from written text. The instruction provided to the student leads to improved comprehension, text handling, and solid foundational writing skills. Advanced subjects build on skills learned in English Foundations I and in English Foundations IIA.
English Foundations IIB is presented as a semester-long high school elective course and contains ninety-three lessons.
. Seventy-five lessons contain a study guide and a practice and mastery test.
. Eighteen lessons include writing assignments in which students apply knowledge gained in the study guide and complete a constructed response. Answer keys are available to assist teachers in grading the assignments.
• This course builds on English Foundations IIA and contains seven units that provide a comprehensive English curriculum. Units include Identifying the Main Ideas, Improving Writing Skills, Summarizing, Summarizing in Different Subjects, Inferences- It’s more than the words on the page, Making Writing Your Own, and Genre in Literature.
157
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9–12
• The content in this course is based on Common Core Standards.
• Students review basic grammar and learn how to identify and correct problem sentences.
• Students review the steps of the writing process as well as how to gather, organize, and summarize information. Students practice writing in a variety of formats that include letters, book reports, and personal narratives as well as narrative, expository, persuasive, and descriptive essays.
• Students learn to identify facts and opinions and how to use them in writing. They also review the skills of editing and proofreading and learn listening skills that will help in group discussion.
• Students learn how to make informational connections with a variety of reading subjects and genres with special focus on reading strategies for math.
Length of Number of Course in Grade Course Name Lessons Semesters Levels Assignments
Foundations of English IIB 93 1 9–12 18
158
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Unit 1: Identifying the Main Idea
Identify main idea and details of paragraphs; recognize topic sentence and 1.01 Main Ideas supporting sentences
Verb 1.02 Definition and examples of action verbs and linking verbs Classifications
Identifying main verbs and helping verbs in verb phrases; list of common 1.03 Verb Phrases helping (auxiliary) verbs; recognizing helping verbs in contractions and questions
Definition of root word; how prefixes and suffixes change root word meaning; 1.04 Root Words examples of common root words
Inferences and Using prediction and inference; recognizing the difference between predicting 1.05 Outcomes outcomes and inference
Noun Definition and examples of nouns: common and proper, concrete and 1.06 Classifications abstract, compound and hyphenated compound
Transitive and Recognizing the difference between transitive and intransitive verbs; 1.07 Intransitive Verbs identifying a direct object
Determining story sequence; recognizing signal words; understanding 1.08 Sequencing chronological (time) order and spatial order
Writing Complete Writing: constructing complete sentences; simple sentences; singular and 1.09 Study: Writing Assignment Sentences plural subjects and verbs; identifying subjects and verbs
Capitalizing Capitalization of titles, initials, geographical locations, proper nouns, school 1.10 Names subjects, days, months, holidays, and family relationships
159
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Rules for capitalization of titles in literary works; capitalizing direct and 1.11 Capitalizing Titles indirect quotes; basic capitalization rules
1.12 Pronunciation Review of pronunciation skills; long and short vowels; pronunciation symbols
Definition of homonyms, homographs, and homophones; using context clues 1.13 Word Similarities to determine word meaning
1.14 Writing Letters Parts of a business and friendly letter; capitalization and punctuation rules
Unit 2: Improving Writing Skills
2.01 Fact and Opinion Define and recognize fact and opinion; using fact and opinion in writing
Define and identify a complete sentence, a sentence fragment, and a run-on 2.02 Sentence Flaws sentence; identify subject and predicate; correcting run-on sentences with comma and conjunction
Guidelines for writing reports; research sources; bibliographies; outlining; 2.03 Writing Formats plagiarism
2.04 Prefixes Correctly use the prefixes pre-, en-, non-, mis-, in-, im-, dis-, anti-, sub-, re-
Ideas and Expressing personal ideas and opinions orally and written; guidelines of good 2.05 Study: Writing Assignment Opinions listening; personal journals; famous quotations
Definitions of cause and effect; identifying cause and effect in written text; 2.06 Cause and Effect classifying; words signaling cause or effect
Identifying sentence types: declarative, imperative, interrogative, 2.07 Sentence Types exclamatory
160
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Using correct end mark punctuation in common abbreviations including titles, 2.08 Abbreviations addresses, organizations, measures, states, and acronyms
2.09 Suffixes Using suffixes -ible, -able, -ful, -ment, -y, -ly, -ance, -tion, and -ment
Writing Good Recognizing simple and compound sentences; defining, identifying, and using 2.10 Study: Writing Assignment Sentences declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and interrogative sentences
Asking Questions Asking the who, what, when, where, why, and how questions in 2.11 to Learn understanding a reading selection
Writing Complete 2.12 Identifying simple and complete subjects and predicates Sentences
Definition and examples of paragraphs: descriptive, expository, narrative, Writing Good 2.13 persuasive; identifying topic sentences and sequence; guidelines for writing Study: Writing Assignment Paragraphs good paragraphs
Unit 3: Summarizing
Predicting and Review of cause and effect; students read and predict outcomes based on 3.01 Summarizing knowledge gained in reading; summarizing
Finding the Finding the subjects in imperative and exclamatory sentences; the understood 3.02 Subject subject (you)
Subject and Subject and predicate complements; subject and predicate adjectives; direct 3.03 Predicate objects Complements
Definition and examples of compound word; students identify compound 3.04 Compound Words words
161
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Developing a paragraph using supporting details and examples; identifying Developing 3.05 the concluding sentences in writing examples; extended order in paragraphs; Study: Writing Assignment Paragraphs chronological and spatial importance; transitional expressions
Students will retell a story in their own words; generalizations, tips for 3.06 Paraphrasing paraphrasing
Comma 3.07 Commas with introductory words and appositives Placement
Special Comma 3.08 Commas in dates, in abbreviations, and in a series Usage
Forming contractions; using negative words with contractions; identify words 3.09 Contractions that form compound words; how to avoid confusing compound words and contractions
The Writing Selecting and narrowing a topic; identifying the audience; writing 3.10 Study: Writing Assignment Process introductions and conclusions; writing introductory and concluding sentences
Purpose in 3.11 Distinguish the author's purpose; writing for a specific or a general purpose Writing
More Comma 3.12 Commas with conjunctions and transitions; clauses Usage
Plurals and Singular, plural, and possessive nouns; how to avoid confusing possessives 3.13 Possessives and plurals
Review of words that have tricky spellings; words confused with others and 3.14 Misused Words commonly misused words; words that change spelling to form plurals
162
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Make an inference based on characters and character traits; identify various 3.15 Characterization personality types
Unit 4: Summarizing in Different Subjects
Reading Making connections across text; learning to read and understand math 4.01 Strategies in processes and concepts Math
4.02 Participles Principal parts of a verb: present, past, future; present and past participles
4.03 Verb Tenses Perfect tenses: present, past, future
Core Subject Definition and examples of core subject words including math, science, 4.04 Words language arts, computer, social studies, arts and drama
Brainstorming; preparing a working outline; prewriting; developing the overall 4.05 Prewriting Study: Writing Assignment focus for the writing selection
4.06 Irregular Verbs Irregular verbs; past and past participle forms of irregular verbs
Definition and use of conjunctions including conjunction pairs: either/or, 4.07 Conjunctions neither/nor, not only/but also
Definition of synonyms; students practice finding synonyms; resources for 4.08 Synonyms synonyms
4.09 Antonyms Definition of antonyms; finding antonyms
Writing Writing: using a variety of writing strategies; sequencing ideas; creating a 4.10 Study: Writing Assignment Strategies writing draft
4.11 Interjections Definition and use of interjections
163
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of adverb; adverb questions (how, when, where, to what extent); 4.12 Adverbs degrees of comparison: positive, comparative, and superlative; negative comparisons
Identify and correctly use abbreviations; measurement abbreviations and 4.13 Abbreviations business abbreviations
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization of a 4.14 Revising Study: Writing Assignment writing selection; format and sequence; creating a new draft
Unit 5: Inferences - It’s More Than the Words on the Page
Propaganda and Identification of propaganda techniques: bandwagon, testimonial, faulty 5.01 Bias cause, loaded words
Easily Misused Homophones; misused words: then/than, beside/besides, principle/principal, 5.02 Words between/among, good/well; word combinations
Special Verb 5.03 Easily confused verbs including may/can, sit/set, lie/lay, and rise/raise Usage
Determining meaning for unfamiliar words by using pictures and context 5.04 Context Clues clues; four types of context clues: further information, definition, antonym, synonym
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 5.05 Proofreading Study: Writing Assignment grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
5.06 Nonfiction Identify biographies, autobiographies, essays, and journals
Definition and examples of pronouns and antecedents; subject and object 5.07 Pronouns pronouns
164
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 5.08 Adjectives Articles; demonstrative and predicate adjectives
Multiple Meaning 5.09 Understanding multiple meanings of words; define connotation and denotation Words
Homographs and Definition and examples of homophones and homographs; using the 5.10 Homophones homophones here/hear, to/ too/two, its/it's, your/you're, they're/there/their
Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences; reporting facts and 5.11 Publishing Study: Writing Assignment events on a variety of topics
Drawing Using word clues, main ideas, and details in reaching a conclusion; 5.12 Conclusions examination and discussion of evidence that supports conclusions
Subject and Subject nouns and pronouns; object pronouns; compound subjects; 5.13 Object Nouns and compound direct objects Pronouns
Review of pronouns and antecedents; singular and plural pronouns and 5.14 Antecedents antecedents; possessive pronouns
Unit 6: Making Writing Your Own
Recognizing point of view: first person, third person, and narrator; omniscient 6.01 Point of View and limited
6.02 Proper Adjectives Proper adjectives; suffix endings
Adjective 6.03 Degrees of comparison: positive, comparative, superlative Comparisons
Definition and examples of analogies; recognizing relationships; tips for 6.04 Analogies analyzing analogies
165
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Compare and 6.05 Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting Contrast
Punctuating 6.06 Use of quotation marks in writing dialogue Dialogue
Greek and Latin Examples and definitions of words with Greek and Latin derivatives; Old 6.07 Words English, Middle English, and Modern English words
Formal and Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections; standard and 6.08 Informal Study: Writing Assignment nonstandard English; colloquialism; slang; euphemism Language
Colons and Guidelines for using colons in business letters and in writing time; using the 6.09 Apostrophes apostrophe
Parts of a friendly letter: heading, greeting, body, closing, signature; social 6.10 Letters letters: thank you, invitations, and e-mails; writing business letters; Study: Writing Assignment addressing envelopes
Unit 7: Genre in Literature
Novels and Short Identify the elements of short stories and novels: setting, plot, characters, 7.01 Stories conflict, resolution
Definition of preposition; list of common prepositions; prepositional phrases; 7.02 Prepositions objects of the preposition
Connotation and Definition of connotation and denotation; understanding how connotation 7.03 Denotation portrays positive and negative feelings
Identify and use essay structure: thesis, introduction, body, and conclusion; 7.04 Writing Essays Study: Writing Assignment chronological and spatial importance; transitional expressions
166
A+nyWhere Learning System English Foundations IIB Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and elements of a mystery; plots and subplots; foreshadowing, 7.05 Mysteries flashback, and suspense
Prepositional Identifying prepositional phrases; objects of the preposition; adjective and 7.06 Phrases adverb phrases
Reality and Definition of fantasy; recognizing the difference between reality and fantasy; 7.07 Fantasy distinguishing between real and make-believe
7.08 Interjections Definition and use of interjections; list of interjections
Writing Narrative Writing a narrative paragraph and essay; storytelling; determining purpose; 7.09 Study: Writing Assignment Essays use of dialogue
Definition and examples of realistic fiction, science fiction, and historical 7.10 Types of Fiction fiction; understanding setting
Writing 7.11 Expository Guidelines for writing an expository paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
Writing 7.12 Descriptive Guidelines for writing a descriptive paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
Writing 7.13 Persuasive Guidelines for writing a persuasive paragraph and essay Study: Writing Assignment Essays
167
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Literature IX–XII Grade Levels 9–12
A+LS English Literature IX–XII introduces students to the following:
• reading of a broad range of classic works of literature • novels • plays • short stories • understanding and appreciation of literary works • structured study of the human condition • exploration of the universal themes of literature • application of literature to life today • literary terms, devices, and forms • comprehension through concrete questions • comprehension through higher-order thinking skills • comprehension through synthesizing learning into new ideas and concepts
• use of study aids
168
A+nyWhere Learning System Literature and English Skills Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
The A+LS Literature and English Skills courses are an integrated series of titles for grade levels 9–12. Combining instruction in the areas of Reading, Vocabulary, and Language Usage, the English Skills courseware provides a complete High School English course when coupled with the companion Literature titles. The A+LS Literature courses are composed of four titles that represent a guided study of a broad range of classic works of literature. The complete text of each of these classic works is presented within the lesson. Each lesson provides an introduction to the chapters that will be read and provides interactive study aids similar to a reference library in a classroom.
• Literature and English Skills is presented as a collection of year-long courses.
• All lessons contain a study guide, a practice test, and mastery test. Most lessons have an essay or constructed response.
• Lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing. Students will also complete a self-evaluation form to assess their performance.
• These courses are certified by MetaMetrics® with a Lexile® score.
• Some courses are enriched by Encyclopædia Britannica® Online School Edition (EB) workspaces that contain learning materials. Learning materials may contain articles, games, images, maps, and/or videos.
169
A+nyWhere Learning System Literature and English Skills Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
• The content in these courses is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) for the Standards of English Language Arts.
• The Literature lessons provide a broad exposure to literature, enabling the student to acquire the necessary skills to understand and appreciate literature for a lifetime.
• Students will study the human condition through the exploration of the universal themes of literature, literary terms, devices and forms, and their application to life.
• The Usage component of both the Literature and English Skills titles offers extensive focus on the convention of writing which includes parts of speech, proper sentence structure, and sentence diagramming.
• Students are taught to identify grammar pitfalls that include subject/verb disagreement, tense shifts, double negatives, fragments and run-on sentences, parallelism, and misused words. Sentence mechanics are addressed in each course. Lessons also provide instruction on capitalization and punctuation.
170
A+nyWhere Learning System Literature and English Skills Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
Third-Party Content in A+LS Lessons
The Encyclopædia Britannica Online School Edition has teacher resources and student learning materials. The materials include a wide range of interactive lessons, research projects, animations, and worksheets that support many A+LS lessons.
Each workspace may contain an article, diagram, study guide, video, or interactive media.
The launch icon for EB objects is located at the top of the A+LS screen in the study guide section.
171
A+nyWhere Learning System Literature and English Skills Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
A Four-Step Approach: Study Guide, Practice Test, Mastery Test, and Essay, defines the instructional environment.
• The Study Guide module provides a text- and graphics-based delivery of material that is reinforced by pictures and diagrams supported by a wealth of content. Study Guides teach the concepts and skills associated with each lesson. A number of the Study Guide pages have specific, interactive feedback that will assist students in solving problems or understanding concepts.
• The Practice Test module allows students to practice the skills learned in the Study Guide section. The student has instant access to the study material for reference.
• In the Mastery Test module, the student takes a scored examination and then electronically submits the test. The results are recorded in the A+LS Management System.
• The Essay module allows the student to compose individual, free-form answers to a wide variety of questions and problems.
172
A+nyWhere Learning System Literature and English Skills Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 9-12
The Literature and English Skills courses each contain a variety of lessons and differ in length, grade level, and available features. Listed below are the courses found within the curriculum planning manual.
Length of Course Number of Course in Grade Lexile Name Lessons Semesters Levels Measure English Literature IX 42 2 9 Yes English Literature X 56 2 10 Yes English Literature XI 52 2 11 Yes English Literature XII 33 2 12 Yes English Skills IX 40 2 9 Yes English Skills X 38 2 10 Yes English Skills XI 36 2 11 Yes English Skills XII 34 2 12 Yes
173
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde
The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde is the story of Dr. Jekyll, a English Literature IX Introduction respected scientist in nineteenth century London. The theme of good versus Study: EB Learning Material evil is used to illustrate the changes in Jekyll's character.
Chapter 1 - Story of the Door: Mr. Utterson and his cousin, Mr. Enfield, take their weekly Sunday walk and discuss a man named Edward Hyde who had The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-2 trampled a young girl in the street. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 2 - Search for Mr. Hyde: Mr. Utterson meets Hyde in the street outside the building and is disappointed to find Dr. Jekyll is not at home.
Chapter 3 - Dr. Jekyll Was Quite at Ease: Dr. Jekyll hosts a dinner party at his home for some of his friends, and Utterson expresses his dislike for Hyde. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 3-5 Chapter 4 - The Carew Murder Case: All of London talks about the murder Essay: Persuasive of Sir Danvers Carew, witnessed by a maidservant looking out her window. Chapter 5 - Incident of the Letter: Mr. Utterson discovers some surprising information about Dr. Jekyll in a letter Jekyll asked him to keep.
Chapter 6 - Remarkable Incident of Dr. Lanyon: Dr. Jekyll hosts another dinner party at his home; days later, Jekyll and Lanyon become very ill. Chapter 7 - Incident at the Window: Mr. Utterson and Mr. Enfield walk past Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 6-8 Dr. Jekyll's house and witness a shocking accident. They quickly leave the Essay: Compare and scene. Contrast Chapter 8 - The Last Night: Dr. Jekyll's butler and Utterson make an astonishing discovery about Jekyll.
Chapter 9 - Dr. Lanyon's Narrative: Dr. Lanyon reveals he has received a letter from Dr. Jekyll asking for help. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 9-10 Chapter 10 - Henry Jekyll's Full Statement of the Case: All the mysteries of Essay: Persuasive the story are revealed to the reader and illustrate the duality theme and Jekyll's struggle with Mr. Hyde.
174
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Odyssey
Using flashback, Odysseus shares accounts of the obstacles he faces in Introduction Study: EB Learning Material returning home from the Trojan War.
Book 1 – Athene Intervenes: On Mount Olympus, Athene tells Zeus that Odysseus should leave the island of Calypso. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Books 1-2 Book 2 - Telemachus Is Called into Action: Telemachus calls the people Essay: Descriptive together and begins a search for his father.
Book 3 - Telemachus and Nestor Meet: King Nestor relates a story of the Trojan War and offers to help Telemachus in his search for his father. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Books 3-4 Book 4 - Telemachus Conferences with Menelaus at Sparta: Telemachus Essay: Expository meets with Menelaus who says Odysseus is held captive on the island of Calypso.
Book 5 - Calypso Frees Odysseus: Odysseus is attacked by Poseidon, thrown into the sea, and washes up on the shore of Phaecia. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Books 5-6 Book 6 - The Phaeacians Aid Odysseus: Odysseus finally awakens on the Essay: Persuasive shore of Phaecia and approaches Princess Nausicaa.
Book 7 - Odysseus Presents Himself to the King: The king invites Odysseus to a banquet and offers to help Odysseus get safely home. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Books 7-8 Book 8 - The Hospitality of the Phaeacians: Odysseus takes part in an Essay: Descriptive athletic competition and tells people at a banquet about his adventures since leaving Troy.
Book 9 - The Land of the Cyclops: Odysseus describes the Lotus Eaters and the herdsman and relates the story of the Cyclops. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Books 9-10 Book 10 - Aeolus and Circe: Odysseus describes how he met Aeolus, the Essay: Persuasive Keeper of the Winds, and how his men were caught in a hurricane, destroying their ship.
175
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Book 11 - The Journey to Hades: Odysseus tells how he traveled "to the furthest edge of Ocean's stream to the land to which all journey when they die." Study: EB Learning Material 6 Books 11-12 Book 12 - More Perils on the Way Home: Odysseus relates how he and his Essay: Expository men went past the Sirens near the cliff where Scylla is located and is again shipwrecked.
Book 13 - The Return to Ithaca: The King orders his men to return Study: EB Learning Material Odysseus to Ithaca. Odysseus arrives disguised as a beggar. 7 Books 13-14 Essay: Compare and Book 14 - Odysseus as a Beggar: The swineherd, Eumaeus, welcomes the Contrast disguised Odysseus and gives him a meal and a place to sleep.
Book 15 - Telemachus Goes Home: Athene tells Telemachus to go home and warns him about the ambush planned by the wooers. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Books 15-16 Book 16 - Father and Son Reunited: Telemachus manages to avoid the Essay: Compare and ambush of the wooers and meets the disguised Odysseus. Odysseus' true Contrast identity is not discovered until later.
Book 17 - Odysseus Arrives at the Palace: Odysseus arrives in town dressed as a beggar. No one recognizes his true identity. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Books 17-18 Book 18 - The Wooers Torment Odysseus: Odysseus argues with a real Essay: Descriptive beggar and breaks the man's jaw.
Book 19 - Penelope and the Beggar Meet: Odysseus, in disguise, talks to Penelope and is finally recognized by some of the servants. Study: EB Learning Material 10 Books 19-20 Book 20 - Odysseus' Plan: Zeus gives Odysseus a sign the next day, and a Essay: Expository prophet tells the suitors of a vision of the future.
Book 21 - Contest for the Wooers: Penelope announces she will marry the man who can string the bow. Odysseus asks if he can try. Study: EB Learning Material 11 Books 21-22 Book 22 - The Death of the Wooers: Odysseus shoots Antinous in the throat Essay: Persuasive with an arrow and fights the wooers with Telemachus.
176
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Book 23 - Odysseus and Penelope's Reunion: The mansion burns and Penelope tests Odysseus to prove his true identity. Study: EB Learning Material 12 Books 23-24 Book 24 - Peace Comes to Ithaca: Odysseus travels to the country to rescue Essay: Expository his father, King Laertes, and has to again fight the wooers with Telemachus.
Romeo and Juliet
Romeo and Juliet face powerful opposition to their love as their families, the Introduction Montagues and Capulets, engage in an age-old feud. Neither family is willing Study: EB Learning Material to end their violent confrontations with one another.
Romeo attends a party given by Juliet's family and meets Juliet. They are Study: EB Learning Material 1 Act I, Scenes 1-5 immediately drawn to each other. Essay: Descriptive
Study: EB Learning Material 2 Act II, Scenes 1-6 Romeo and Juliet realize they love each other and secretly marry. Essay: Persuasive
Tybalt kills Mercutio in a duel. Romeo slays Tybalt and is banished from the Study: EB Learning Material 3 Act III, Scenes 1-5 city. Juliet is broken hearted. Essay: Persuasive
Juliet meets with Friar Laurence and tells him about the situation with Study: EB Learning Material 4 Act IV, Scenes 1-5 Romeo. The friar develops a plan to help Romeo and Juliet. Essay: Persuasive
Romeo consults an apothecary and returns to Verona. Several twists of fate Study: EB Learning Material 5 Act V, Scenes 1-3 end Romeo and Juliet's tragic love. Essay: Persuasive
177
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities A Tale of Two Cities
A Tale of Two Cities describes the lives of the main characters, Charles Darnay, Dr. Manette, and his daughter, Lucie Manette, during the French Introduction Study: EB Learning Material Revolution. The story depicts the struggles between the common people and the noble class.
Chapter 1 - The Period: The narrator describes the political, social, and economic conditions in France and England in 1775. Chapter 2 - The Mail: On a cold November night, a mail coach travels Book 1 – Chapters toward Dover, England. A rider approaches the coach and delivers a strange Study: EB Learning Material 1 1-3 message to one of the passengers. Essay: Expository Chapter 3 - The Night Shadows: The passengers in the coach keep their secrets to themselves, including the passenger who received the curious message from the rider.
Chapter 4 - The Preparation: Mr. Jarvis Lorry arrives in Dover and meets with a visitor he is expecting. Book 1 – Chapters Chapter 5 - The Wine-shop: Ernest and Madame Defarge own a wine-shop Study: EB Learning Material 2 4-6 and are soon to host an important family reunion. Essay: Expository Chapter 6 - The Shoemaker: The shoemaker, and the events of his life, is shown as a central figure in the novel.
Chapter 1 - Five Years Later: Mr. Lorry helps the shoemaker leave France and five years pass. Mr. Lorry now works at Tellson's Bank, a center of business activity in London. Study: EB Learning Material Book 2 – Chapters Chapter 2 - A Sight: A clerk at Tellson's Bank sends Jerry to the Bailey 3 Essay: Compare and 1-3 courts to wait for a message from Mr. Lorry. Mr. Lorry attends the treason Contrast trial of Charles Darnay. Chapter 3 - A Disappointment: Evidence at the trial relates to Mr. Lorry's trip from France five years earlier.
178
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 4 - Congratulatory: Charles Darnay is found innocent of the charge of treason. Book 2 – Chapters Chapter 5 - The Jackal: A conversation occurs between C.J. Stryver and his Study: EB Learning Material 4 4-6 assistant, Sydney Carton. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 6 - Hundreds of People: Mr. Lorry visits the Manette home and talks to Miss Pross, the Manette family nurse.
Chapter 7 - Monseigneur in Town: A French nobleman, the Marquis, hits a child in his coach. His reaction demonstrates the attitude of the French nobility toward the common people. Chapter 8 - Monseigneur in the Country: The Marquis leaves Paris on his Book 2 – Chapters Study: EB Learning Material 5 journey to his country home. He ignores the needs of the poor people who 7-9 Essay: Persuasive live in and around a village near his home. Chapter 9 - The Gorgon's Head: The Marquis receives a visit at his home by his nephew, Charles Darnay. They discuss the social conditions of the people of France.
Chapter 10 - Two Promises: Darnay plans to ask Dr. Manette for permission to marry Lucie Manette. Chapter 11 - A Companion Picture: C.J. Stryver and Sydney Carton visit in Book 2 – Chapters Study: EB Learning Material 6 Stryver's law office, and Stryver tells Carton he is considering marriage. 10-12 Essay: Descriptive Chapter 12 - The Fellow Delicacy: Stryver decides to go to the Manette home and asks Lucie to marry him. Mr. Lorry offers a suggestion as to how Stryver should proceed with the marriage proposal.
Chapter 13 - The Fellow of No Delicacy: Sydney Carton talks to Lucie about his lonely life and his feelings toward her. Book 2 – Chapters Chapter 14 - The Honest Tradesman: Jerry tells his wife that he has to go Study: EB Learning Material 7 13-15 out on an errand. Jerry's son follows his father at a distance. Essay: Expository Chapter 15 - Knitting: The mender of roads relates the story of Gaspard, and his murder of the Marquis who killed his child.
179
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 16 - Still Knitting: The wine-shop becomes a center of activity for the planning of the French Revolution. A spy tells the Defarges news about Charles Darnay and the Manette family. Study: EB Learning Material Book 2 – Chapters Chapter 17 - One Night: Lucie and Charles Darnay plan to marry the next 8 Essay: Compare and 16-18 day. Lucie spends the evening visiting with her father, Dr. Manette. Contrast Chapter 18 - Nine Days: On the day of his wedding, Charles Darnay talks privately with Dr. Manette. Manette is concerned about something Darnay tells him.
Chapter 19 - An Opinion: Mr. Lorry visits Dr. Manette to ask his medical advice about one of Lorry's friends. The doctor leaves to join Lucie and her husband on their honeymoon. Book 2 – Chapters Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapter 20 - A Plea: Lucie and Charles Darnay return from their 19-21 Essay: Descriptive honeymoon, and Sydney Carton is the first person to visit the couple. Chapter 21 - Echoing Footsteps: Lucie and Charles have a happy marriage. They soon have a daughter named Lucie.
Chapter 22 - The Sea Still Rises: Weeks after the French Revolution begins, the revolutionaries plan how to kidnap and kill the governor of the district. Chapter 23 - Fire Rises: All of France is in an uproar as the French Book 2 – Chapters Revolution continues. People from the village watch the home of the Marquis Study: EB Learning Material 10 22-24 burn to the ground. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 24 - Drawn to the Loadstone Rock: Mr. Lorry plans to go to France and work in the Tellson Branch in Paris. Darnay receives a letter from an old friend in France asking for his help.
Chapter 1 - In Secret: Darnay encounters many difficulties during his journey in France. He is taken into custody by revolutionary guards. Book 3 – Chapters Chapter 2 - The Grindstone: Lucie and Dr. Manette visit Mr. Lorry and tell of Study: EB Learning Material 11 1-3 Charles' arrest. Essay: Expository Chapter 3 - The Shadow: Mr. Lorry finds a Paris apartment for Lucie and her family to live in and leaves Jerry to protect the Manette family.
180
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 4 - Calm in Storm: Dr. Manette treats prisoners in three different prisons. Many people, including the King and Queen of France are executed on La Guillotine. Book 3 – Chapters Chapter 5 - The Wood-sawyer: Lucie waits for one year and three months Study: EB Learning Material 12 4-6 while her husband is held in La Force Prison. She becomes friends with a Essay: Persuasive wood-sawyer who works nearby. Chapter 6 - Triumph: Charles Darnay's trial begins and the jury votes to set him free.
Chapter 7 - A Knock at the Door: The Manettes continue to live in Paris and survive the trying times. Four guards arrest Charles Darnay. Book 3 – Chapters Chapter 8 - A Hand at Cards: At the market, Jerry Cruncher and Miss Pross Study: EB Learning Material 13 7-9 see a man they recognize and accuse him of being a spy. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 9 - The Game Made: Carton tells Lorry that he has a plan to help Charles Darnay.
Chapter 10 - The Substance of the Shadow: The testimony at Charles Darnay's trial involves an incident from years ago that involves the Marquis, the Defarges, and Charles Darnay's family. Book 3 – Chapters Chapter 11 - Dusk: Darnay's trial ends in conviction and a death sentence. Study: EB Learning Material 14 10-12 Carton and Mr. Lorry both agree that nothing can save Charles Darnay. Essay: Expository Chapter 12 - Darkness: Madame tells the people in the wine-shop that she plans to denounce Lucie. Carton tells Mr. Lorry that he has a plan to help the Manette family and to save Charles Darnay.
Chapter 13 - Fifty-two: On the day of Charles Darnay's execution, events dramatically change the lives of many of the characters, including Darnay, Carton, and the Manette family. Chapter 14 - The Knitting Done: Madame Defarge and her friends hold a Book 3 – Chapters Study: EB Learning Material 15 meeting at the wine-shop, and she decides to go to the Manette apartment 13-15 Essay: Persuasive and confront Lucie. Chapter 15 - The Footsteps Die Out For Ever: A large crowd waits in the streets of Paris for the executions to begin. The author reveals the present and future fate of all the characters.
181
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Short Stories
"The Locket" is set during the Civil War, which was fought between the slave Study: EB Learning Material 1 The Locket states of the South and the free states of the North. Essay: Persuasive
The main theme of "The Masque of the Red Death" is fear of the inevitable The Masque of the Study: EB Learning Material 2 as the Prince and his guests attempt to hide from death. They are foolish to Red Death Essay: Persuasive believe they can escape by locking themselves inside.
182
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Jungle
The families of Jurgis Rudkus and Ona Lukoszaite face many obstacles after English Literature X Introduction immigrating to America from Lithuania in the early 1900s. They are Study: EB Learning Material defenseless against those people who take advantage of their situation. The Jungle
Chapter 1: Ona Lukoszaite and Jurgis Rudkus celebrate their wedding in Packingtown, located in the stockyards of Chicago. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-2 Chapter 2: The characters think about their lives in Lithuania and their Essay: Persuasive journey to America.
Chapter 3: - Jokubas Szedvilas considers the journey to America. Others view him as an example of the wonderful opportunities in America. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 3-4 Chapter 4: Jurgis and family members find jobs and consider buying a Essay: Descriptive house.
Chapter 5: The family buys a new house and furniture as Jurgis works long, hard hours. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 5-6 Chapter 6: Jurgis and Ona make plans to get married in the fall. Ona takes Essay: Persuasive a job to make extra money for the wedding.
Chapter 7: Jurgis and Ona marry in November. Ona and many of the children are sick from the cold, damp working and living conditions. Chapter 8: A representative of the butcher's union talks to Jurgis about Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 7-9 joining the union. All the members of the family soon join. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 9: Jurgis learns about the inner workings of Packingtown from union members. He discovers the plants process diseased animals and use chemicals in the meat.
183
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 10: Ona's problems at work continue to worsen. She has a baby, Antanas, named after Jurgis' deceased father. Chapter 11: The living conditions of the family improve and more money is Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 10-12 put into a savings account at the bank. Jurgis injures himself on the job and Essay: Persuasive is unable to return to work. Chapter 12: The winter is bitterly cold and the family plunges into yet another crisis as Jonas disappears one day and never returns to the family.
Chapter 13: Jurgis takes a job at the fertilizer plant, and the children sell newspapers on the street. Study: EB Learning Material Chapter 14: Ona continues to struggle at her job. She is expecting another 6 Chapters 13-15 Essay: Compare and child, but her and Jurgis' relationship is dissolving. Contrast Chapter 15: Jurgis learns that a factory boss named Connor has sexually assaulted Ona. Jurgis attacks Connor and is arrested.
Chapter 16: Jurgis is charged with assault and battery and begins to resent Packingtown for destroying his family. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 16-17 Chapter 17: Stanislovas, Elzbieta's son, visits Jurgis in jail and tells Jurgis Essay: Persuasive of the bitter financial struggles the family faces.
Chapter 18: Jurgis is released from prison and finds Ona in premature labor with their second child. He has no money for a doctor. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 18-19 Chapter 19: Jurgis finds a midwife and goes to a saloon where he receives Essay: Descriptive some free food and drink. He returns home to bad news about Ona and the baby.
Chapter 20: Jurgis stays continually drunk and finds a job at a harvester works plant that lasts only nine days. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 20-21 Chapter 21: A social worker offers to help with food for the family and helps Essay: Persuasive Jurgis get a job at a steel mill plant.
184
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 22: Jurgis' young son, Antanas, dies. Jurgis walks out of the house and gets on a passing freight train which carries him into the country, far Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 22-23 from the horrors and problems of Packingtown. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 23: Jurgis returns to Chicago and is seriously injured in an accident. The injuries force him to beg for food on the streets.
Chapter 24: Jurgis meets a wealthy young man collecting illegal wages from Study: EB Learning Material 11 Chapters 24-25 companies to give to an Irish politician named Halloran. Essay: Persuasive
Chapter 26: Jurgis becomes the boss in the killing rooms at the Durham Study: EB Learning Material Plant during a strike. 12 Chapters 26-27 Essay: Compare and Chapter 27: The police raid the house where Marija works as a prostitute, Contrast and Jurgis is taken to the police station.
Chapter 28: Jurgis is released and stops at a hall where a meeting is being held. He is fascinated by what the speaker is saying. Study: EB Learning Material 13 Chapters 28-29 Chapter 29: Jurgis learns that the Socialists want to fight the power of the Essay: Persuasive Beef Trust.
Chapter 30: Jurgis becomes enthusiastic about the concepts and prospects of Socialism helping workers in the packing plants. Study: EB Learning Material 14 Chapters 30-31 Chapter 31: Jurgis is asked to attend a meeting at the home of a Socialist Essay: Persuasive millionaire named Fisher. The Socialists make huge gains in the election.
Julius Caesar
Julius Caesar is in a powerful position to seize control of the country, yet he Introduction must deal with the suspicions of the Senate and the constant fighting Study: EB Learning Material between other military leaders before he achieves his ambitious goals.
Caesar celebrates his military defeat of Pompey but receives a warning from Study: EB Learning Material 1 Act I, Scenes 1-3 a soothsayer about future events. Essay: Expository
185
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Men plot Caesar's assassination and meet with Brutus. Caesar's wife Study: EB Learning Material 2 Act II, Scenes 1-4 persuades him not to go to the Senate, but one of the conspirators convinces Essay: Descriptive him to change his mind.
Although both Artemidorus and the soothsayer try to warn Caesar, their Study: EB Learning Material 3 Act III, Scenes 1-3 warnings are of no use and Caesar goes to the senate. He is murdered by a Essay: Persuasive conspirator.
The Roman Empire is in a state of confusion as the supporters and enemies Study: EB Learning Material 4 Act IV, Scenes 1-3 of Caesar prepare to fight each other. Essay: Persuasive
The leaders of both sides meet to discuss a peaceful settlement, but the Study: EB Learning Material 5 Act V, Scenes 1-5 fighting begins and some of the leaders commit suicide. Essay: Persuasive
Great Expectations
In Great Expectations, the main character of the story, Pip, learns to value Introduction Study: EB Learning Material friendship over wealth and power.
Chapter 1: Pip lives with his older sister and her husband. He is visiting the graves of his parents and is threatened by an escaped convict. Chapter 2: When Pip gets home, his sister is angry because he has worried Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-4 her. The next morning Pip gathers supplies for the convict. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 3: Pip finds the convict and gives him the supplies. Chapter 4: Pip lies to his sister about where he has been, and no one has discovered that he has stolen anything.
186
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 5: Pip's sister discovers the missing food. Pip is afraid the convict will reveal his secret. Chapter 6: When Pip and his brother-in-law return home, they tell the family about their adventure. Chapter 7: Pip goes to school where he meets a girl named Biddy. Pip's Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 5-9 sister returns from the market with news that a wealthy woman named Miss Essay: Persuasive Havisham needs a playmate for her ward. Chapter 8: Pip goes to Miss Havisham's home and meets her beautiful ward, Estella, who is about Pip's age. Chapter 9: Pip's sister is curious about his visit to Miss Havisham's home, but he is reluctant to tell her the story.
Chapter 10: Pip wants Estella to like him, and he wants to become educated. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 10-11 Chapter 11: Pip visits Miss Havisham's house again where Estella introduces Essay: Persuasive him to some of her other relatives. Pip goes into the garden where he gets into a fight with another boy.
Chapter 12: Pip goes to Miss Havisham's house every other day and tells her that he wants to be better educated. Miss Havisham eventually decides Pip needs to become Joe's apprentice. Chapter 13: Joe and Pip go to see Miss Havisham and she gives Joe money Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 12-15 for Pip's services. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 14: Pip begins to work as an apprentice and realizes he is ashamed of his home. Chapter 15: Pip stops going to school, but he continues to find ways to learn. He discovers his sister has been badly injured in an accident.
Chapter 16: Pip's sister must stay in bed because of her injuries. Biddy comes to live with the family and help with chores and care for Mrs. Joe. Chapter 17: Pip becomes friends with Biddy, who tells Pip she thinks Orlick Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 16-18 likes her, which disturbs Pip. Essay: Expository Chapter 18: After Pip has been an apprentice for four years, a lawyer, Mr. Jaggers, tells him that someone has offered to support him financially.
187
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 19: Pip goes to the tailor, Mr. Trabb, to get some new clothes and Study: EB Learning Material then goes to visit Miss Havisham to say goodbye. 6 Chapters 19-20 Essay: Compare and Chapter 20: When Pip arrives in London, he goes directly to Mr. Jaggers' Contrast busy office.
Chapter 21: Pip finds a place to live and meets Herbert Pocket, whom he thinks he has met somewhere before. Chapter 22: Herbert and Pip become friends, and Herbert tells Pip about Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 21-23 Miss Havisham's background. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 23: Pip meets the Pocket family and two students, Drummle and Startop.
Chapter 24: Pip goes back to London and meets with Mr. Jaggers about his living arrangements. He is invited to visit Wemmick's home. Chapter 25: Pip tells Herbert how he feels about the two students he met at Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 24-26 the family dinner. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 26: Pip and Herbert are invited to dinner at Mr. Jaggers' house, where Drummle and Startop are also guests.
Chapter 27: Joe sends a letter to Pip telling him he and Mr. Wopsle are coming to London, and he wants to visit. Joe tells Pip that Miss Havisham wants to see him and that Estella is back in town. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 27-29 Chapter 28: Pip goes by coach to see Miss Havisham and recognizes two of Essay: Expository the other passengers as convicts. He avoids talking to them. Chapter 29: Pip finds Miss Havisham visiting with a woman he later recognizes as Estella.
Chapter 30: Pip tells Herbert about his visit with Miss Havisham and Estella and confesses he has always loved Estella. Chapter 31: Pip and Herbert watch Mr. Wopsle's play, which turns out to be Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 30-32 quite bad, and they have dinner together. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 32: Pip receives word that Estella will be arriving the next day on a coach. He plans to meet her at the station.
188
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 33: Estella tells Pip she will be staying with a family in Richmond and asks him to visit her as much as possible. Pip is sad when he has to leave. Study: EB Learning Material 11 Chapters 33-35 Chapter 34: Pip and Herbert are deeply in debt. Pip gets a letter telling him Essay: Expository that his sister has passed away, and he leaves for her funeral. Chapter 35: After the funeral, Pip takes a walk with Biddy. She tells him of her plans to become the mistress of the new school.
Chapter 36: On his twenty-first birthday, Pip visits Mr. Jaggers and asks the identity of his benefactor. Jaggers refuses to tell him. Chapter 37: Pip goes to Mr. Wemmick's house for dinner, where he meets a Study: EB Learning Material 12 Chapters 36-38 woman named Miss Skiffins. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 38: Pip visits Estella in Richmond and escorts her and the women she lives with to parties and other social gatherings.
Chapter 39: Several years later, while Pip is at home, an old man comes to his door asking for Pip. Pip soon recognizes him as the convict and realizes Study: EB Learning Material 13 Chapters 39-40 this man is his benefactor. Essay: Expository Chapter 40: The next morning, Pip stumbles over someone lying at the bottom of the stairs, but the man runs away before Pip can talk to him.
Chapter 41: Herbert helps Pip find a place for the convict to live, and the two discuss what to do next. Chapter 42: The convict, Magwitch, talks about his childhood and the Study: EB Learning Material 14 Chapters 41-43 events that caused his prison term. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 43: Pip decides to leave the country with Magwitch but first goes to visit Estella. He finds she has gone back to Miss Havisham's.
Chapter 44: Pip arrives at Miss Havisham's home and confronts her with the information he learned from Magwitch. He professes his love to Estella. Chapter 45: Pip goes to visit Wemmick the next morning, and Wemmick Study: EB Learning Material 15 Chapters 44-46 warns Pip about Magwitch's safety. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 46: Pip and Herbert go to the apartments where Magwitch stays, telling the others he is Mr. Campbell.
189
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 47: Pip decides to go to a play that Mr. Wopsle is in. After the show, Wopsle tells Pip some disturbing news. Chapter 48: Pip goes to dinner at Mr. Jaggers' house, who tells Pip that Study: EB Learning Material 16 Chapters 47-49 Miss Havisham wants to see him about a business matter. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 49: Pip goes to Miss Havisham's house, and she tells him she is sorry for the way she treated him. Later, Pip finds Miss Havisham's life is in danger.
Chapter 50: Pip is injured trying to help Miss Havisham. Herbert tells him Magwitch revealed the story of the woman he would not talk about earlier. Chapter 51: Pip goes to see Mr. Jaggers and tells him of his business with Miss Havisham and the revelation of Estella's parentage. Study: EB Learning Material 17 Chapters 50-53 Chapter 52: Pip plans to see Wemmick, but a note arrives saying he must Essay: Narrative go alone to the marshes back in his own village. Chapter 53: Pip obeys the instructions and goes to the marshes, where he is attacked and tied up.
Chapter 54: Pip and Magwitch plan to leave the country by boat and spend the night at a public house. Some men come who are looking for Magwitch. Chapter 55: Herbert tells Pip he is now a partner in the business and will Study: EB Learning Material 18 Chapters 54-56 move to Cairo, Egypt, and offers Pip a job in the company. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 56: Pip visits Magwitch often in prison. Magwitch tells Pip something very important and dies.
Chapter 57: Pip is very ill for several days and Joe comes to care for him. He realizes what a good friend Joe has been to him. Chapter 58: Pip returns to his village to help Joe at the forge and finds that Study: EB Learning Material 19 Chapters 57-59 things have changed. Pip joins Herbert at the firm in Egypt. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 59: Years later, Pip comes back to see Joe and Biddy and their growing family. Pip tells Biddy that he is over Estella, although it is untrue.
190
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn
Huck Finn is a young man accustomed to having the freedom to set his own schedule and do what he wants to do. Huck's life changes dramatically when Introduction Study: EB Learning Material the Widow Douglas adopts him with the intention to make him a proper gentleman.
Chapter 1: Huck sneaks out at night with Tom Sawyer at the first opportunity. Study: EB Learning Material Chapter 2: Miss Watson's slave, Jim, hears Huck and Tom Sawyer leave the 1 Chapters 1-3 Essay: Compare and house. They plan to start a robber band with some of their friends. Contrast Chapter 3: Huck hears that a drowned man was found floating in the river. Some people believe the dead man is Huck's father.
Chapter 4: Huck lives with the Widow Douglas for four months and attends school on a regular basis before he realizes his father (Pap) has returned. Chapter 5: Huck is surprised to see Pap when he returns to his room. Pap is Study: EB Learning Material upset because Huck is going to school and wearing good clothes. 2 Chapters 4-7 Essay: Compare and Chapter 6: The Widow Douglas tells Pap to leave her property. Pap kidnaps Contrast Huck and takes him to a log cabin on the river. Chapter 7: Pap locks Huck in the cabin and leaves for town. Huck manages to escape and floats down the river in a canoe to Jackson Island.
Chapter 8: People from town believe Huck has drowned. Huck finds Miss Watson's runaway slave Jim is living on the island. Chapter 9: Jim and Huck explore the house they found floating down the Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 8-10 river during a flood and find many items they can use on their trip. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 10: Huck decides to go to town to find out some news and stops at a house. He disguises himself as a girl so no one will recognize him.
191
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 11: A lady in town says people believe Jim killed Huck and are going to search Jackson Island. Chapter 12: During a terrible storm, Huck and Jim spot a wrecked Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 11-13 steamboat. They sneak on board and hear the voices of robbers. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 13: Jim and Huck lose their raft in a storm but manage to steal a small boat.
Chapter 14: Huck and Jim find time to relax for a few days. Huck tells Jim stories about King Solomon and his great wisdom. Chapter 15: Jim wants to reach Cairo, Illinois, where the Ohio River empties Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 14-16 into the Mississippi River and seek refuge in the free states. Essay: Expository Chapter 16: A steamboat strikes Huck and Jim's raft and tosses them overboard. Huck swims to shore and is unable find Jim.
Chapter 17: Huck finds a family who befriends him when they determine Huck is not from the Shepherdson family. Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 17-18 Chapter 18: Huck discovers Jim asleep in the swamp. They take a raft and Essay: Persuasive head downriver.
Chapter 19: Huck and Jim float downriver and encounter two men claiming to be the Duke of Bridgewater and the son of the King of France. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 19-20 Chapter 20: Huck tells the king and duke he is the son of a farmer and Jim Essay: Persuasive is his family's slave. The group attends a revival.
Chapter 21: The king and duke practice their parts in the Shakespeare play they will present, and they rent the courthouse. Chapter 22: Only twelve people attend the Shakespeare play performed by Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 21-23 the duke and the king. Essay: Expository Chapter 23: During the performance, the king appears on stage completely naked. They hastily leave the upset townspeople.
192
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 24: The king and duke learn of a recently deceased man named Peter Wilks. The men plan to defraud the estate of the money. Chapter 25: The king and duke meet the three Wilks sisters. They study the Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 24-26 six thousand dollars and house the girls inherit from the estate. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 26: Huck decides to stop the king and duke from stealing the girls' money. He takes the money from the mattress.
Chapter 27: Huck hides the money in Peter Wilks' coffin. The king and duke decide to sell everything including the Wilks family's slaves. Chapter 28: Huck makes plans to save the girls' money as two men from England arrived in town who claimed to be the real brothers of Peter Wilks. Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 27-29 Chapter 29: The two men from England have lost their luggage and cannot Essay: Expository prove their identity. One of the brothers from England claims he can identify the tattoo on the chest of his deceased brother. They proceed to the cemetery and dig up the coffin. They find the money put there by Huck. The king, duke, and Huck manage to escape during the confusion that follows.
Chapter 30: The king is angry at Huck for trying to get away from him, and the king and duke have an argument about losing the money. Chapter 31: The group arrives at Pikesville, a village along the Mississippi Study: EB Learning Material 11 Chapters 30-32 River. Huck learns Jim was sold to a farmer named Phelps. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 32: Huck arrives at the Phelps farm to find Jim and learns that Tom Sawyer is on his way. Huck tells the family he will get his luggage and heads back to the village to meet up with Tom.
Chapter 33: Huck meets Tom on the way back to Pikesville. Tom thought Huck had been murdered and is glad to see him. The duke and king end up being punished by people in the village. Study: EB Learning Material 12 Chapters 33-35 Chapter 34: Huck and Tom work on a plan to help Jim escape. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 35: Tom plans to use case knives instead of a shovel and pick to dig a hole.
193
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 36: Huck and Tom begin to dig the hole and steal items from the house including tin plates and a brass candlestick. Chapter 37: Aunt Sally notices several items missing from the house, and Tom develops a plan to confuse her. Study: EB Learning Material 13 Chapters 36-39 Chapter 38: Tom's strange plan continues as he decides Jim should have a Essay: Compare and coat-of-arms. Jim helps them get an old grindstone. Contrast Chapter 39: Huck and Tom catch several rats to put in Jim's cell. Aunt Sally's son frees the rats. Aunt Sally beats Tom and Huck for bringing rats into the house.
Chapter 40: Fifteen armed men arrive at the Phelps farm on the night of Jim's escape. Tom is wounded in the escape. Huck gets help while Jim stays with Tom. Chapter 41: Huck finds a doctor to help Tom. The doctor goes to the raft alone while Huck meets Uncle Silas. Huck tells him that Sid (Tom) has gone Study: EB Learning Material 14 Chapters 40-43 out to find news about what happened. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 42: The doctor returns the next day with Jim and Tom. Aunt Polly arrives and tells everyone the true identity of Huck and Tom. Chapter 43: Tom reveals Jim is a free man because Miss Watson died and set him free in her will.
194
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Moby Dick
Herman Melville, the author of Moby Dick, presents a characterization of Ahab, the English Literature XI Introduction captain of the whaling ship Pequod, as a man who truly has an obsession with a great Study: EB Learning Material white whale known as Moby Dick. Moby Dick
Chapter 1 - Loomings: The narrator, Ishmael, introduces himself at the beginning of the novel as a simple sailor who goes to sea from time to time. Chapter 2 - The Carpet-Bag: Ishmael is headed for Nantucket and plans to join a whaling voyage. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-4 Chapter 3 - The Spouter-Inn: The Spouter-Inn, operated by Peter Coffin, is dirty, run down, and crowded. Ishmael is informed that he will have to share a bed with a Essay: Expository harpooner from New Zealand. Chapter 4 - The Counterpane: Ishmael wakes up and meets Queequeg, his roommate, the harpooner from New Zealand.
Chapter 5 – Breakfast: Ishmael goes downstairs to eat breakfast and notices the sailors look out of place on land. Chapter 6 - The Street: After breakfast, Ishmael takes a walk around New Bedford. He sees people in the streets from many foreign countries on their way to Nantucket because of the whaling industry. Chapter 7 - The Chapel: Ishmael enters a chapel in New Bedford dedicated to whalemen with memorials honoring sailors who lost their lives at sea. Chapter 8 - The Pulpit: Father Mapple, a former harpooner turned preacher, enters the chapel and climbs into the pulpit. Chapter 9 - The Sermon: After calling the congregation to order, Father Mapple Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 5-13 begins the sermon, which focuses on the story of Jonah and the whale. Chapter 10 - A Bosom Friend: Ishmael returns to the Spouter-Inn and becomes Essay: Descriptive friends with Queequeg. He joins Queequeg in his idol worship in hopes that Queequeg will join him in Christian worship. Chapter 11 – Nightgown: The two new friends share a smoke from Queequeg's tomahawk pipe as Queequeg tells Ishmael the story of his life. Chapter 12 – Biographical: Queequeg relates to Ishmael that he is the son of a king and the nephew of a High Priest from the island of Kokovoko. He left his island to see the world and learn about Christianity. Chapter 13 – Wheelbarrow: The next morning Ishmael and Queequeg put their belongings in a wheelbarrow and board a ship that will take them to Nantucket.
195
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 14 - Nantucket: Ishmael and Queequeg stop at an inn recommended by Peter Coffin. Chapter 15 - Chowder: Ishmael and Queequeg stop at the Try Pots Inn and meet Hosea Hussey and Mrs. Hussey. Hosea is the owner of the inn and the cousin of Peter Coffin. Chapter 16 - The Ship: Ishmael and Queequeg arrive at the Nantucket docks and talk to the owner of the whaling ship Pequod and join the crew. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 14-19 Chapter 17 - The Ramadan: Queequeg stays in his room all day at the Try Pots Inn observing the feast of Ramadan. Ishmael becomes worried when Queequeg does not Essay: Descriptive answer the door, so he asks Mrs. Hussey to unlock it. Chapter 18 - His Mark: The owners of the Pequod are hesitant to sign Queequeg on to the crew because he is a cannibal, but allow him to join after he demonstrates his skill of throwing a harpoon. Chapter 19 - The Prophet: A man named Elijah warns Ishmael and Queequeg about sailing on the Pequod and tells them about Ahab, the captain.
Chapter 20 - All Astir: The Pequod is prepared for the voyage, and Ishmael is concerned about sailing with a captain he does not know. Chapter 21 - Going Aboard: Elijah again stops Ishmael and attempts to talk him out of sailing with Captain Ahab, but Ishmael and Queequeg finally board the Pequod. Ishmael believes he has seen shadowy figures on the Pequod. Chapter 22 - Merry Christmas: The Pequod leaves Nantucket early Christmas morning, and the Pequod's owners guide the ship out of the harbor. Chapter 23 - The Lee Shore: Ishmael sees a man named Bulkington, whom he had met at the Spouter-Inn, at the helm of the ship guiding it out of port. Chapter 24 - The Advocate: Ishmael relates the importance of the whaling industry and how the whale represents the unknown mysteries of the sea. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 20-29 Chapter 25 - Postscript: Ishmael continues his description of the importance of Essay: Persuasive whaling and explains the value of whale oil. Chapter 26 - Knights and Squires: Starbuck, a Quaker and a native of Nantucket, is the chief mate of the Pequod. The other officers of the ship are also identified in this chapter. Chapter 27 - Knights and Squires: Stubb is the second mate of the Pequod, a man named Flask is third mate, and Queequeg is selected as Starbuck's harpooner. Chapter 28 - Ahab: The mysterious Captain Ahab finally makes an appearance on deck. He has one artificial leg fashioned from the bone of a whale. Chapter 29 - Enter Ahab; to Him, Stubb: The Pequod reaches the water of the tropics, and Ahab has an argument with Stubb, the second mate.
196
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 30 - The Pipe: Captain Ahab gets his pipe after the confrontation with Stubb, but smoking the pipe doesn't soothe him, and he throws it in the sea. Chapter 31 - Queen Mab: Stubb tells Flask of his dream about Ahab. Captain Ahab shouts to the crew to be on the lookout for whales. Chapter 32 - Cetology: The narrator discusses the subject of cetology, the study of whales. Ishmael classifies whales into three books: the Folio, Octavo, and Duodecimo. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 30-35 Chapter 33 - The Specksynder: Ishmael describes the daily operations of the Pequod and how the harpooners are very important members of the crew of a whaling ship. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 34 - The Cabin-Table: The eating arrangements of the crew are a reminder of the levels of authority on the Pequod, as the harpooners eat in the cabin of the captain. Chapter 35 - The Mast-Head: Ishmael makes his first visit to the mast-head, an area located at the top of one of the ship's masts where men are stationed to constantly look for whales.
Chapter 36 - The Quarter-Deck: Captain Ahab calls his crew together on the quarter deck and offers an ounce of gold to anyone who spots Moby Dick, the white whale that took off his leg. Chapter 37 - Sunset: Captain Ahab sits alone in his cabin and explains the struggle to find and kill the whale. Chapter 38 - Dusk: Starbuck is worried about his relationship with Ahab, but feels pity for him. He also fears what Ahab might do to get the white whale. Chapter 39 - First Night-Watch: This chapter is written from the viewpoint of Stubb, an easy-going, light-hearted person who thinks that events are predestined to Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 36-42 happen in a certain manner. Chapter 40 - Midnight, Forecastle: The crew is cheerful and looks forward to the Essay: Short Answer hunt of the white whale, but there is still a mood of tension on the ship. Chapter 41 - Moby Dick: The author foreshadows the grave danger the crew will face in the hunt for Moby Dick. Captain Ahab believes that Moby Dick represents the evil in the world. Chapter 42 - The Whiteness of the Whale: The author and the narrator describe the significance of Moby Dick's whiteness, which can be a symbol of purity or innocence, but Ishmael also sees white as terrifying because it is not really a color, but rather the absence of color.
197
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 43 - Hark!: Men on night watch are standing in a line passing water buckets to each other. One of the crew hears a noise below the deck that sounds like a cough and believes there are people sleeping below deck. Chapter 44 - The Chart: Captain Ahab sits in his cabin studying a variety of sea charts and plans the hunt for Moby Dick. Chapter 45 - The Affidavit: Ishmael describes how whales can be harpooned and still escape. Some attack and destroy whaling ships, killing the crew. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 43-48 Chapter 46 - Surmises: Captain Ahab has to balance his focus on Moby Dick and the hunt for other whales as he has an obligation to the Pequod's owners and crew to Essay: Persuasive make money. Chapter 47 - The Mat-Maker: Queequeg and Ishmael construct a sword mat that attaches to the side of the whaleboats for additional protection. The lookout calls out that a sperm whale is sighted. Chapter 48 - The First Lowering: Each of the three mates command a whaleboat, but the hunt is unsuccessful.
Chapter 49 - The Hyena: Ishmael is thrown into the sea during the first hunt and laughs at the irony of the situation because he is an experienced sailor. He is frightened enough to write up a will naming Queequeg as the beneficiary. Chapter 50 - Ahab's Boat and Crew. Fedallah: Stubb is impressed that Ahab will go on a whale hunt with only one leg, and there is some question about whether or not a captain should risk his life hunting whales in a small boat. Chapter 51 - The Spirit-Spout: The Pequod crew is excited about the possibility of a hunt when a spout is sighted. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 49-54 Chapter 52 - The Albatross: The Pequod meets another whaling ship called the Goney (Albatross). A storm approaches and the two ships' captains are unable to Essay: Persuasive communicate with each other. Chapter 53 - The Gam: A meeting (gam) of two whaling ships is a common event. The captains of the ships often exchange information about the locations of whales, but Ahab's only interest in contact with other ships is to get information about the white whale. Chapter 54 - The Town-Ho's Story: The Pequod meets the Town-Ho, a Polynesian whaling ship, and the captain has information about Moby Dick.
198
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 55 - Of the Monstrous Pictures of Whales: Ishmael relates information about whale art and the lack of accurate pictures of whales. Chapter 56 - Of the Less Erroneous Pictures of Whales, and the True Pictures of Whaling Scenes: The discussion of whale art continues. Chapter 57 - Of Whales in Paint; in Teeth; in Wood; in Sheet-iron; in Stone; in Mountains; in Stars: The author describes how whale art is present in all cultures and societies so all people can relate to the search for Moby Dick. Chapter 58 - Brit: The Pequod sails through a yellow substance called brit, a primary food of the Right Whale. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 55-63 Chapter 59 - Squid: The Pequod goes to the island of Java, and Daggoo shouts that he has spotted the white whale. It turns out to be a giant squid. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 60 - The Line: The importance of the whale line which is attached to a harpoon and connects the whale to the boat is described. Chapter 61 - Stubb Kills a Whale: Ishmael spots a sperm whale, and Ahab orders the boats into the water. Stubb's crew makes the first kill. Chapter 62 - The Dart: The author describes the whale hunt and the grave danger in the final stages of killing a whale. Chapter 63 - The Crotch: The crotch of a boat is a notched stick that attaches to one end of the boat where the harpooner rests the harpoons.
Chapter 64 - Stubb's Supper: The dead whale is tied to the side of the Pequod, and Stubb orders Daggoo to cut some whale meat for supper. Chapter 65 - The Whale as a Dish: Ishmael describes how whale meat is eaten by many different cultures, but most people don't eat it because it is fatty. Chapter 66 - The Shark Massacre: A number of sharks attack the whale tied to the ship. Queequeg escapes serious injury trying to fight off the sharks. Chapter 67 - Cutting In: The author provides an account of how a whale is butchered. The Pequod nearly capsizes while the whale is being butchered. Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 64-72 Chapter 68 - The Blanket: The description of the butchering process continues. Chapter 69 - The Funeral: The whale is beheaded after the skin is removed, and the Essay: Persuasive head is tied to the side of the ship. Chapter 70 - The Sphynx: Ahab goes out on deck to look at the head of the whale tied to the ship and attempts to communicate with the whale. Chapter 71 - The Jeroboam's Story: The Pequod comes upon the Jeroboam, a whaling ship from Nantucket with an epidemic on board. Chapter 72 - The Monkey-Rope: Ishmael again describes the process of butchering a whale. Queequeg and Ishmael work to skin the whale.
199
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 73 - Stubb and Flask Kill a Right Whale; and Have a Talk over Him: Flask tells Stubb a ship with the head of a sperm whale on the starboard side and the head of a right whale on her other side will not capsize. Chapter 74 - The Sperm Whale's Head - Contrasted View: The right whale is killed and towed to the ship. The whale's head is tied to the side of the Pequod. Chapter 75 - The Right Whale's Head - Contrasted View: The differences in the right whale and the sperm whale are described. Chapter 76 - The Battering Ram: The head of the sperm whale is compared to a battering ram, the skull being very thick and hard to penetrate. Study: EB Learning Material 11 Chapters 73-81 Chapter 77 - The Great Heidelburgh Tun: Ishmael notes the case and the junk, Essay: Compare and upper parts of a whale's head. Contrast Chapter 78 - Cistern and Buckets: Tashtego falls into the hole at the top of the whale's skull and disappears. Queequeg saves Tashtego. Chapter 79 - The Prairie: Once again, Melville and Ishmael discuss the appearance of the sperm whale. Chapter 80 - The Nut: The skull of an adult sperm whale is at least twenty feet long, its brain is small compared to the size of the skull, and its spine is large. Chapter 81 - The Pequod meets the Virgin: The Pequod meets the Jungfrau (Virgin in German), a German ship, and both ships hunt whales.
Chapter 82 - The Honor and Glory of Whaling: Ishmael relates the history of whaling and states that Perseus was the first whaler. Chapter 83 - Jonah Historically Regarded: Some people from Nantucket do not believe the story of Jonah and the whale. Chapter 84 - Pitchpoling: A pitchpole is a long lance attached to a rope. It is lighter than a harpoon and is used to secure a whale after it is harpooned. Study: EB Learning Material 12 Chapters 82-87 Chapter 85 - The Fountain: A whale can remain underwater for extended times, and when it surfaces, it sends a fountain of water from its spout. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 86 - The Tail: The tail of the sperm whale can be as large as fifty square feet. Chapter 87 - The Grand Armada: The Pequod sails into the Indian Ocean and the Java Sea. A whale is sighted, and the hunt begins again. A pirate ship is sighted following the Pequod during the hunt.
200
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 88 - Schools and Schoolmasters: Large herds of whales are not common. They are usually found in groups of twenty to fifty, called schools. Chapter 89 - Fast-Fish and Loose Fish: Sometimes a whale is harpooned but the wounded animal will somehow escape. Chapter 90 - Heads or Tails: There is a law with regard to killing a whale off the coast of England; the head must go to the king and the tail to the queen. Chapter 91 - The Pequod Meets the Rose-Bud: The Pequod meets the Rose-Bud, a French whaling ship with two dead whales tied to the sides of the ship. Chapter 92 - Ambergris: Ishmael describes ambergris and explains how it is used. Study: EB Learning Material 13 Chapters 88-96 He denies that all whales smell bad. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 93 - The Castaway: Not all of the crew members go on the whale hunts, as some of the men stay behind to man the main ship. Chapter 94 - A Squeeze of the Hand: Stubb's crew kills a sperm whale, and the Pequod's crew removes the sperm from the whale. Chapter 95 - The Cassock: The anatomy of the sperm whale and other aspects of the butchering process is described. Chapter 96 - The Try-Works: The try-works of the whaling ship, a large furnace used to melt whale blubber, is described.
Chapter 97 - The Lamp: Ishmael describes the crew's living conditions on the Pequod and states the men can use all the whale oil they need to light this area. Chapter 98 - Stowing Down and Clearing Up: The oil from the whale is stored in barrels and placed into the hold of the ship. Chapter 99 - The Doubloon: Any sailor who spots Moby Dick will get a doubloon, a gold coin from Ecuador. Chapter 100 - Leg and Arm. The Pequod, of Nantucket, Meets the Samuel Enderby, of London: The Pequod meets the British whaling ship Samuel Enderby. The captain Study: EB Learning Material 14 Chapters 97-104 of the Samuel Enderby, Boomer, says he has lost an arm to Moby Dick. Essay: Compare and Chapter 101 - The Decanter: Samuel Enderby is the founder of a famous whaling Contrast company in England. The crews of the two ships share a meal. Chapter 102 - A Bower in the Arsacides: Ishmael discusses the details of the of the whale's skeleton. Chapter 103 - Measurement of the Whale's Skeleton: The size of the sperm whale is described and compared to the size of a whaling ship. Chapter 104 - The Fossil Whale: Ishmael states that fossil remains of whales are found all over the world.
201
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 105 - Does the Whale's Magnitude Diminish? - Will He Perish?: Ishmael discusses how the size of the whale has increased over time. Chapter 106 - Ahab's Leg: Captain Ahab cracks his ivory leg as he leaves the Samuel Enderby and calls on the carpenter to make him a new leg. Chapter 107 - The Carpenter: Ishmael introduces the carpenter of the Pequod, a very skilled man who performs many duties. Chapter 108 - Ahab and the Carpenter: The carpenter measures Ahab for his new leg, but Captain Ahab has a low opinion of the carpenter. Study: EB Learning Material Chapter 109 - Ahab and Starbuck in the Cabin: The Pequod is sailing for Japan, but 15 Chapters 105-113 Essay: Compare and some of the barrels holding the whale oil are leaking. Chapter 110 - Queequeg in his Coffin: Queequeg becomes ill with a high fever. His Contrast condition worsens, and he thinks he is going to die. Chapter 111 - The Pacific: The Pequod sails into the Pacific Ocean as Ahab becomes even more obsessed with finding and killing Moby Dick. Chapter 112 - The Blacksmith: The carpenter finishes working on Ahab's new leg, and the blacksmith now fashions a buckle for the leg. Chapter 113 - The Forge: Ahab asks the blacksmith to make a large harpoon out of the hard steel used in horseshoes.
202
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Study: EB Learning Material 16 Chapters 114-128 Essay: Persuasive
203
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 129 - The Cabin: Ahab leaves his cabin to prepare for the hunt to find and kill Moby Dick. He tells Pip to stay in the cabin. Chapter 130 - The Hat: Captain Ahab paces the deck looking for Moby Dick. Fedallah and Ahab keep watch for the white whale around the clock. A hawk swoops down and takes Captain Ahab's hat. Chapter 131 - The Pequod Meets the Delight: The Pequod meets the Delight, a whaling ship damaged by an encounter with Moby Dick. Study: EB Learning Material 17 Chapters 129-135 Chapter 132 - The Symphony: The Pequod nears the equator. Ahab thinks about his family and what he gave up for whaling. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 133 - The Chase - First Day: Ahab sees Moby Dick swimming near the Pequod. Moby Dick turns around and attacks Ahab's boat. Chapter 134 - The Chase - Second Day: The crew finds Moby Dick again the next day, and Moby Dick attacks the whaleboats. Chapter 135 - The Chase -Third Day: The pursuit of Moby Dick continues on the third day, and the scene is set for the climax of the novel.
The Last of the Mohicans
The Last of the Mohicans is an adventurous story about a group of individuals whose Introduction Study: EB Learning Material paths cross in the depths of the wilderness.
Chapter 1: The French and English are fighting a war in North America, and there is news that a large French force is approaching Fort William Henry. Chapter 2: The English army secures the services of Magua to guide the sisters Cora and Alice, and Heyward to Fort William Henry. Chapter 3: Hawkeye, Uncas, and Chingachgook discuss life as they travel through Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-5 the forest. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 4: The party heads for Fort William Henry and meets Hawkeye and the two Mohicans. The honesty of Magua as a guide comes into question. Chapter 5: Magua disappears into the forest after an altercation with Hawkeye. Hawkkeye offers to help guide the party to the fort.
204
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 6: The group decides to stay at a cave for the night. Chapter 7: Some of the group members leave the cave to determine the source of a sound they heard. Hurons suddenly attack the men. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 6-9 Chapter 8: The members of the group retreat to the cave and make plans for an Essay: Persuasive escape. Chapter 9: Heyward, David, and the two sisters stay in the cave and are captured.
Chapter 10: The Hurons treat the captives well and continue to look for Hawkeye. Chapter 11: Magua and Heyward have a meeting regarding Munro's daughters. Cora becomes angry and announces the captives will die. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 10-13 Chapter 12: Hawkeye and the Mohicans arrive in time to save the group, and they resume their trip to Fort William Henry. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 13: The group makes good time on the journey and stops to rest at a Mohican burial site. The Hurons come to the site but soon leave.
Chapter 14: The group leaves the Mohican burial site and continues toward the fort. French forces and a dense fog hinder their arrival. Chapter 15: Cora and Alice stay at the fort with their father. News arrives that the French have captured Hawkeye. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 14-17 Chapter 16: Montcalm meets with Munro and gives him a letter from General Webb Essay: Persuasive in where a surrender is offered and a treaty is signed. Chapter 17: The English forces begin their evacuation from the fort when an incident occurs that initiates a massacre.
Chapter 18: Cora and Alice are kidnapped, and David Gamut follows them. Hawkeye and his friends search for the two girls the following day. Chapter 19: Hawkeye and his men stay the night at the fort to discuss their plans. An Oneida Indian stalks the men but is killed by Uncas. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 18-21 Chapter 20: The men leave the fort on their search for the two girls and discover Essay: Persuasive Huron Indians are following them; gunfire is exchanged. Chapter 21: The trip has been exhausting for Hawkeye and his men so they divide into two groups and find David Gamut.
205
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 22: Gamut has news about the status of Cora and Alice, and the men discuss how they will rescue the girls. Chapter 23: The disguised Heyward and Gamut enter the Indian village where Alice is being held, and some children spot the two men. Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 22-25 Chapter 24: The chief wants Heyward to help a sick woman of the tribe. Magua is at Essay: Persuasive the Indian village but does not recognize Heyward. Chapter 25: Hawkeye is in disguise at the cavern where Heyward is trying to help the sick woman, so Heyward does not recognize him.
Chapter 26: Hawkeye returns to the village to find Gamut. The two men devise a plan to rescue Uncas, then Hawkeye and Uncas escape into the forest. Chapter 27: The villagers find that Gamut has taken the place of Uncas, and Magua plans to recover Cora from the Delaware village. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 26-29 Chapter 28: Magua contacts members of the Delaware tribe that are holding Cora Essay: Persuasive captive and also asks about Hawkeye and his men. Chapter 29: The prisoners are brought before the entire tribe, and Magua makes plans to leave the village with Cora.
Chapter 30: Uncas comes before the Delaware tribe and the warriors attack him. Circumstances change when Tamenund recognizes Uncas. Chapter 31: Uncas and Hawkeye prepare to rescue Cora, and Gamut reveals where Cora is being held prisoner. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 30-33 Chapter 32: A fight between the Huron and the Delaware tribes ensues and Uncas Essay: Expository finally reaches Cora, but a tragic confrontation occurs. Chapter 33: There is agonizing news about Cora and Uncas. Hawkeye bids farewell to Gamut, Heyward, Munro, and Alice to be with Chingachgook.
The Red Badge of Courage
Henry Fleming is youthful, energetic, and patriotic; however, he is also Introduction Study: EB Learning Material inexperienced. He learns about courage during the Civil War in the heat of battle.
Chapter 1: A group of Union soldiers is awaiting the start of battle as rumors are spreading that they will be moving the next day. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-2 Chapter 2: The men are wondering where they will be sent as young Henry Fleming Essay: Persuasive thinks about what will happen when the battle begins.
206
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 3: The troops are moved from one position to another which creates feelings of uneasiness and fright among the men. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 3-4 Chapter 4: The men see others moving away from the battle and the veteran Essay: Persuasive soldiers yell at the retreating soldiers.
Chapter 5: The battle finally begins. There is much confusion during the fighting, but Henry's regiment drives back the enemy. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 5-6 Chapter 6: The enemy soldiers regroup and again attack Henry and his friends who Essay: Persuasive eventually retreat.
Chapter 7: Henry is embarrassed because he left the battle that his comrades won. He runs into the woods making a horrifying discovery. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 7-8 Chapter 8: Henry hears sounds of battle and moves toward to the sounds. He meets Essay: Persuasive many wounded men who were involved in the fight.
Chapter 9: Henry stays with the wounded men and sees his friend Jim Conklin, who is critically wounded. He tries to help him. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 9-10 Chapter 10: Henry grieves when his friend Jim dies, and the tattered soldier now Essay: Persuasive becomes disoriented and confused.
Chapter 11: Henry remains in the area to seek news of the battle. He is ashamed for abandoning his troop, and wonders if he should rejoin them. Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 11-12 Chapter 12: Retreating soldiers suddenly come running out of the woods. Henry is Essay: Narrative injured in the confusion, but a man with a cheery voice helps him.
Chapter 13: Henry's friends welcome him into the camp. He is treated for his injuries by a soldier named Wilson, who gives his blanket to Henry so he can rest. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 13-14 Chapter 14: The next morning, Henry visits with Wilson and notices that Wilson is Essay: Expository no longer loud and arrogant.
Chapter 15: Henry and his friends wait for orders. Wilson asks Henry to return the packet of papers he had asked him to hold the day before. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 15-16 Chapter 16: Henry is surprised that his friends do not realize what had actually Essay: Expository happened on the previous day. They are ordered back to the woods.
207
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 17: As Henry is getting ready for the battle, he becomes angry with the enemy soldiers. He is praised for his valor when the enemy retreats. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 17-18 Chapter 18: Henry and Wilson overhear that the enemy might overrun the Union Essay: Persuasive line, and many casualties are expected.
Chapter 19: Henry is in front leading the troops. He and Wilson grab the flag from the fallen color sergeant. Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 19-20 Chapter 20: Henry's regiment mounts another charge when they are hit with Essay: Persuasive tremendous firepower. He is surprised by the actions of the enemy.
Chapter 21: For now, the battle is over, with only a small amount of ground gained Study: EB Learning Material as a result of the fighting. 11 Chapters 21-22 Essay: Compare and Chapter 22: The battle begins again. Henry makes a decision about what he will do during the battle, as his regiment is getting weaker. Contrast
Chapter 23: When Henry's regiment is ordered to charge, the men move forward to meet the enemy with Henry leading them. The battle ends and prisoners are taken. Study: EB Learning Material 12 Chapters 23-24 Chapter 24: Henry's regiment moves back from the battlefield. Henry knows that he Essay: Persuasive has atoned for his actions in the first battle.
The House of the Seven Gables
The House of the Seven Gables was cursed when it was constructed and had affected Introduction Study: EB Learning Material generations of the Pyncheon family for 160 years.
Chapter 1 - The Old Pyncheon Family: The House of the Seven Gables was a Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapter 1 deteriorating old house in a New England town built by Colonel Pyncheon. For generations the Pyncheon family suffered many hardships. Essay: Persuasive
Chapter 2 - The Little Shop-Window: Hepzibah Pyncheon was an old maid who lived in seclusion in the house for almost thirty years. She had to open a shop in the house because she needed money. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 2-3 Chapter 3 - The First Customer: Hepzibah's first customer in the shop was Mr. Essay: Descriptive Holgrave, a young man in his early twenties, a daguerreotypist who lived in one of the gables in the house.
208
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 4 - A Day Behind the Counter: Judge Jaffrey Pyncheon, Hepzibah's cousin and the owner of the house, was standing outside the house, which concerned Hepzibah. That night, Phoebe, a distant cousin of the Pyncheon family, arrived at the Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 4-5 House of the Seven Gables. Essay: Compare and Chapter 5 - May and November: Phoebe Pyncheon was a girl of seventeen who had Contrast grown up in the country. Hepzibah did not want Phoebe to stay at the house, so she told Phoebe the legend of Colonel Pyncheon and Matthew Maule.
Chapter 6 - Maule's Well: Phoebe went out to the garden, which had become overgrown from neglect, and Holgrave came into the garden and talked to her. Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 6-7 Chapter 7 - The Guest: The next morning, Phoebe came into the kitchen where Hepzibah was making breakfast. She told Phoebe that Clifford, her brother, was Essay: Descriptive coming to live in the house.
Chapter 8 - The Pyncheon of To-day: A little boy named Ned Higgins came into the Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 8 shop and asked Phoebe about Clifford. Judge Jaffrey Pyncheon also visited the shop and introduced himself to Phoebe. She drew back when the judge tried to kiss her. Essay: Persuasive
Chapter 9 - Clifford and Phoebe: Hepzibah was very happy that Clifford had come to the house, and since Clifford enjoyed being around Phoebe, Hepzibah asked Phoebe Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 9-10 to care for Clifford. Chapter 10 - The Pyncheon Garden: Phoebe read books to Clifford in the garden. Essay: Persuasive Holgrave loaned Phoebe some poetry and fiction books.
Chapter 11 - The Arched Window: Clifford spent time sitting next to the arched window in front of the house. He longed for the good old days and was sad that stagecoaches were no longer used. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 11-12 Chapter 12 - The Daguerreotypist: Phoebe was able to pursue her own interests Essay: Narrative when Clifford was asleep. She talked to Holgrave and learned he had held many jobs including schoolmaster, salesman, and newspaper editor.
Chapter 13 - Alice Pyncheon: This chapter is a flashback to a time forty years after the construction of the House of the Seven Gables when Gervayse Pyncheon was the Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 13-14 occupant of the house. Chapter 14 - Phoebe's Goodbye: Holgrave finished his story about Gervayse and Essay: Persuasive Alice, then Phoebe and Holgrave talked about Hepzibah and Clifford.
209
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Chapter 15 - The Scowl and Smile: Both Clifford and Hepzibah missed Phoebe. Hepzibah was losing customers in her shop, so Judge Pyncheon visited the house and offered financial assistance, which Hepzibah refused. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 15-16 Chapter 16 - Clifford's Chamber: Hepzibah had a foreboding that something was Essay: Compare and going to happen between Clifford and Jaffrey Pyncheon. She went to Clifford's room, Contrast but he was not there. She called out for Jaffrey to help her find Clifford and was shocked when she discovered Jaffrey dead in the parlor.
Chapter 17 - The Flight of Two Owls: Hepzibah and Clifford made plans to leave the House of the Seven Gables. They went to the train station and boarded a train. Clifford became more outgoing and alert on the train. Study: EB Learning Material 10 Chapters 17-18 Chapter 18 - Governor Pyncheon: The body of Judge Pyncheon remained in the House of the Seven Gables. Jaffrey had a busy day planned, including seeing a doctor Essay: Persuasive and meeting with his political supporters to announce that he was going to run for governor.
Chapter 19 - Alice's Posies: Uncle Venner came to the House of the Seven Gables the day after Jaffrey's death. People wondered why the shop wasn't open and why Judge Pyncheon was not keeping his appointments. Chapter 20 - The Flower of Eden: Holgrave told Phoebe of Jaffrey's death and the departure of Hepzibah and Clifford. Holgrave also revealed to Phoebe that he was in Study: EB Learning Material 11 Chapters 19-21 love with her. Clifford and Hepzibah then returned from their trip. Chapter 21 - The Departure: The author uses the character Holgrave and the Essay: Persuasive element of flashback to explain the mystery of Clifford's imprisonment. Judge Jaffrey Pyncheon had destroyed the will which left the estate to Clifford, so when he died, the estate went to Clifford and Hepzibah and they became rich. Holgrave reveals his true identity.
210
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Jane Eyre
In Jane Eyre, Jane searches for independence and acceptance and learns English Literature XII Introduction important lessons as she develops into a young woman with a strong sense Study: EB Learning Material of compassion and forgiveness. Jane Eyre
Chapter 1: Jane Eyre is an orphaned child living at Gateshead, the home of her aunt, Mrs. Reed, and is not allowed to play with Mrs. Reed's children. After an argument with her cousin John, Jane is sent to the red-room. Chapter 2: Being sent to the red-room terrifies Jane. She is so frightened by some of the objects in the room that she cries out for help and then faints. Chapter 3: Mr. Lloyd, the apothecary, is called to check on Jane's health. Mr. Lloyd suggests that Jane be sent to a school. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-6 Chapter 4: Jane recovers from the experience in the red-room. The Reed Essay: Persuasive family still mistreats Jane, and she learns that she will be attending a school. Chapter 5: Jane travels to the school, Lowood, alone. She is introduced to a kind lady, Miss Temple, and also meets another student named Helen Burns. Helen tells her that Lowood is a charity school. Chapter 6: Jane begins her term at Lowood School. She and Helen share many conversations. Jane does not agree with Helen's philosophy of "always love your enemy" as life is harsh at Lowood. Helen continues to be the object of abuse by Miss Scatcherd.
211
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 7: Mr. Brocklehurst visits Jane's classroom and reprimands Jane in front of the other students for dropping her slate. Chapter 8: Jane feels sorry for herself after being humiliated by Mr. Brocklehurst. Helen is supportive of Jane's problems, and Miss Temple listens to Jane's story. Miss Temple writes to Dr. Lloyd to verify Jane's truthfulness and clears Jane's name of being branded a liar. Chapter 9: Jane is finally enjoying her time at Lowood, but springtime brings an epidemic of typhus to the school afflicting nearly half the students. Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 7-11 Helen develops consumption and becomes gravely ill. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 10: The public becomes concerned with the conditions at the school. Many positive changes occur, but Jane has spent eight years at Lowood and now feels she needs a change. She applies for a governess position. Chapter 11: Jane accepts a position at Thornfield as governess to eight- year old Adèle. Jane is informed that Mr. Rochester is her employer and that he travels often.
Chapter 12: Jane is happy living at Thornfield and has a positive relationship with Adèle. Jane witnesses a horse slipping on an icy spot and assists the rider. She later finds out that it was Mr. Rochester, her employer. Chapter 13: Mr. Rochester, Adèle, Mrs. Fairfax, and Jane have dinner together. Mr. Rochester is impatient with Jane but is impressed with her paintings. Chapter 14: When Mr. Rochester returns from his long trips, he gives Adèle gifts. He and Jane have a candid and pleasant discussion about a variety of Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 12-16 topics. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 15: Upon learning more about Adèle's background, Jane understands her better. Jane hears strange laughter outside her door and sees smoke coming from Mr. Rochester's room, and he asks Jane to keep it a secret. Chapter 16: Mr. Rochester offers an explanation for the cause of the fire and then leaves Thornfield for a social engagement that Blanche Ingram will also be attending.
212
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 17: Mr. Rochester is returning to Thornfield with a group of guests, and Jane finally meets Blanche Ingram. Jane acknowledges her growing affection for Mr. Rochester. Chapter 18: The guests at Thornfield play charades. Jane considers her Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 17-19 feelings for Mr. Rochester. A man from the West Indies, Richard Mason, Essay: Persuasive arrives at Thornfield looking for Mr. Rochester. Chapter 19: A gypsy fortune teller, Mother Bunches, arrives at Thornfield to tell fortunes, and Jane is told about her future.
Chapter 20: Jane and the guests hear a loud cry from the upstairs of the house. Mr. Rochester reassures the guests, sends them back to bed, and asks Jane for her help. Chapter 21: Jane returns to Gateshead to visit with the ailing Mrs. Reed, who gives Jane a letter from her Uncle John Eyer that she has kept secret for three years. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 20-23 Chapter 22: Mrs. Reed passes away, and Jane stays with her cousins for a Essay: Persuasive while after the funeral. She returns to Thornfield expecting wedding preparations for Mr. Rochester and Blanche Ingram. Chapter 23: Jane and Mr. Rochester visit in the garden at Thornfield, and Mr. Rochester teasingly tells Jane she must leave Thornfield. He then surprises Jane by revealing his feelings for her.
Chapter 24: Mr. Rochester and Jane are to be married in one month, but Mrs. Fairfax is not excited about the proposal. Jane informs Mr. Rochester that she will continue to tutor Adèle. Chapter 25: The time for the wedding has arrived. Jane tells Mr. Rochester of a frightening dream and occurrence that she experienced the night before. Study: EB Learning Material 6 Chapters 24-26 Mr. Rochester tries to calm her fears. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 26: Jane and Mr. Rochester go to the church for their wedding, but a stranger speaks out during the ceremony with information that prevents the marriage from taking place. Mr. Rochester takes Jane and the others back to Thornfield to reveal an unusual secret.
213
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 27: Jane is confused by the events of the day, so Mr. Rochester tells her about his past. He still professes his love for her, but Jane makes the decision to leave Thornfield. Chapter 28: Jane travels by coach to a place called Whitcross. She accidentally leaves her parcel on the coach and now has no money. She is forced to beg for food, and the Rivers family takes her in. Study: EB Learning Material 7 Chapters 27-30 Chapter 29: Jane is exhausted from her travels and has spent three days Essay: Persuasive with the Rivers family. She wants to stay at the Rivers' home until she can find work. Chapter 30: Jane becomes friends with Diana and Mary Rivers who are also governesses and will soon be returning to their positions. St. John offers Jane a position directing a charity school called Morton.
Chapter 31: Jane begins her job as headmistress of Morton and moves into the school cottage. She then meets a beautiful woman named Rosamond Oliver. Chapter 32: Jane is happier in her new position and is well liked and accepted by the community, but she is puzzled by St. John's reaction to a portrait she is painting of Rosamond Oliver. Study: EB Learning Material 8 Chapters 31-34 Chapter 33: Later, St. John returns and reveals to Jane that he knows Essay: Expository about her past and tells her of her Uncle John Eyer's death and the news of her inheritance. Chapter 34: Jane waits for Mary and Diana Rivers to arrive at Moor House. St. John asks Jane to go on a mission to India with him. She is confused by St. John's peculiar offer.
214
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 35: St. John waits for Jane's decision. He has become very cold and controlling. Jane suddenly thinks she hears the voice of Mr. Rochester calling her name. Chapter 36: Jane returns to Thornfield after being gone for a year and is shocked by what she finds when she arrives. She goes to a nearby inn to inquire about what happened at Thornfield and to the whereabouts of Mr. Study: EB Learning Material 9 Chapters 35-38 Rochester. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 37: Jane goes to Ferndean where Mr. Rochester is living and surprises Mr. Rochester by serving his tea. Once again, Mr. Rochester asks Jane to marry him. Chapter 38: Jane and Mr. Rochester marry in a quiet ceremony, and Adèle is moved to a closer school. Jane is very happy with her life and the decisions she has made.
Macbeth
Macbeth is a play that shows how the lust for power leads to destruction as Introduction Study: EB Learning Material Macbeth's greed corrupts his spirit and creates a negative outlook on life.
Three witches visit Macbeth and Banquo on the battlefield telling them of Study: EB Learning Material 1 Act I, Scenes 1-7 their futures. Lady Macbeth creates a plot to kill King Duncan. Essay: Persuasive
Macduff and Lennox arrive at the castle to discover King Duncan has been Study: EB Learning Material 2 Act II, Scenes 1-4 murdered. Macbeth appears very upset about what has happened. Essay: Persuasive
Banquo suspects Macbeth for the murder of King Duncan, so Macbeth Study: EB Learning Material 3 Act III, Scenes 1-6 arranges for the murder of Banquo and his son. Macbeth is visited by a Essay: Persuasive ghost.
Once again, Macbeth meets with the witches and seeks reassurance for his Study: EB Learning Material 4 Act IV, Scenes 1-3 future. He learns that Macduff has gone to England, which angers him. Essay: Persuasive
215
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Lady Macbeth has gone mad with guilt, and Macbeth believes he cannot be Study: EB Learning Material 5 Act V, Scenes 1-8 killed because of the witches' prophecy. Essay: Narrative
Wuthering Heights
As a result of his childhood experiences, Heathcliff puts revenge into action Introduction Study: EB Learning Material and makes life miserable for those he hates in Wuthering Heights.
Chapter 1: Mr. Lockwood meets with Heathcliff, his new landlord. Mr. Lockwood is concerned for his safety at Heathcliff's home, Wuthering Heights, after being left in a room with ferocious dogs. Chapter 2: The next day, Mr. Lockwood makes another visit to Wuthering Heights. A blizzard occurs and he asks for directions on how to return home but is refused assistance. He is forced to spend the night at Wuthering Heights. Chapter 3: Lockwood has nightmares and refuses to stay in the room for fear it is haunted. Study: EB Learning Material 1 Chapters 1-6 Chapter 4: Lockwood asks his housekeeper, Nelly, about the history of Essay: Expository Wuthering Heights. She tells about former owners, the Earnshaw family. Chapter 5: Heathcliff is adopted by the Earnshaws. Hindley Earnshaw is sent away to school. Mr. Earnshaw becomes ill and later dies. Catherine Earnshaw and Heathcliff mourn his loss and Hindley returns home. Chapter 6: Hindley takes over the household and forces Heathcliff to work in the fields. Heathcliff and Catherine run off to play. Heathcliff explains to Nelly that Catherine was bitten by the Lintons' dog and was carried into their house by a servant.
216
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 7: Catherine stays at Thrushcross Grange for five weeks. When she returns home, she is rude to Heathcliff and embarrasses him. The Linton family is invited to Wuthering Heights for dinner. Heathcliff is locked in the attic. Chapter 8: Hindley's wife gives birth to a son, Hareton, and she dies shortly after. Heathcliff grows jealous about Catherine's relationship with Edgar Study: EB Learning Material 2 Chapters 7-10 Linton and confronts her about it. Essay: Persuasive Chapter 9: Catherine tells Nelly that she and Edgar are engaged and admits to loving Heathcliff but says she could never marry him. Heathcliff overhears this and leaves Wuthering Heights. Chapter 10: Heathcliff returns to Wuthering Heights shortly after Catherine's marriage and visits the Lintons, where Isabella develops an interest in him.
Chapter 11: Catherine confronts Heathcliff about his feelings for Isabella. She locks herself in a room and refuses to eat after Edgar tells her that she must choose between him and Heathcliff. Chapter 12: Catherine becomes delirious and is upset that Edgar has not come in to ask for her forgiveness. Isabella and Heathcliff elope. Study: EB Learning Material 3 Chapters 11-15 Chapter 13: Catherine is still weak and feverish and learns that she is Essay: Descriptive pregnant. Isabella regrets her decision to marry Heathcliff. Chapter 14: Nelly goes to Wuthering Heights. Heathcliff asks about Catherine and threatens to hold Nelly captive until she agrees to help him. Chapter 15: Catherine, who is still very ill, and Heathcliff finally meet with each other. Catherine collapses after a heated discussion.
217
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 16: Catherine gives birth to a daughter, also named Catherine, and the mother dies shortly after. Nelly tells Heathcliff the sad news. Chapter 17: Isabella goes to London and gives birth to a son who she names Linton. Hindley dies six months later. Chapter 18: Edgar raises his daughter Cathy and does not allow her to Study: EB Learning Material 4 Chapters 16-20 explore the surrounding area, but when he is gone to London to visit Isabella Essay: Persuasive Cathy wanders to Wuthering Heights. Chapter 19: Edgar returns home from London after Isabella dies and brings twelve-year-old Linton with him. Heathcliff now wants custody of his son. Chapter 20: Nelly brings Linton to Wuthering Heights, and Heathcliff meets his son for the first time.
Chapter 21: Cathy and Nelly visit Linton at Wuthering Heights. Cathy is quite taken with Linton but is unkind to Hareton. Edgar forbids Cathy to see Linton again, but they continue to correspond through letters. Chapter 22: Edgar is sick most of the following winter, and Cathy's correspondence with Linton has ceased. Heathcliff makes her feel guilty so she visits Linton. Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapters 21-24 Chapter 23: Linton tries to coax Cathy into marrying him, which aggravates Essay: Persuasive her into shoving his chair. He develops a coughing fit. Nelly catches a cold and Cathy must now care for her and Edgar during the day. At night, she sneaks out to see Linton at Wuthuring Heights. Chapter 24: Edgar forbids Cathy from returning to Wuthering Heights, but Linton can visit Cathy at Thrushcross Grange.
218
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 25: Catherine obeys her father and does not visit Linton. Due to Linton's failing health, Edgar considers letting Cathy marry Linton and arrangements are made for Cathy and Linton to meet on the moors. Chapter 26: Nelly and Cathy have to assist Linton because of his weak physical condition, and they agree to meet again the next Thursday. Study: EB Learning Material Chapter 27: Cathy and Nelly go to visit Linton in the moors. Heathcliff 6 Chapters 25-29 Essay: Compare and convinces them to come to Wuthering Heights and locks them in the house. Contrast Chapter 28: Cathy and Linton are now married, and Linton is proud that he will soon claim Cathy's inheritance. Cathy visits Edgar who is on his deathbed. Chapter 29: Heathcliff forces Cathy to return to Wuthering Heights and tells Nelly some disturbing information about Edgar's burial.
Chapter 30: Cathy cares for Linton until his death and remains distant from Hareton. Nelly wants to help Cathy leave Wuthering Heights. Chapter 31: Mr. Lockwood goes to Wuthering Heights to tell Heathcliff that he is moving out and returning to London. He slips a note to Cathy from Nelly. Study: EB Learning Material Chapter 32: After six months, Lockwood returns to Thrushcross Grange on 7 Chapters 30-34 Essay: Compare and a hunting trip and learns that Nelly has moved to Wuthering Heights. Contrast Chapter 33: Cathy and Heathcliff have an argument and he nearly strikes her. Chapter 34: Heathcliff dies, which gives Cathy control of both Wuthering Heights and Thrushcross Grange, and Hareton and Cathy have grown closer. Lockwood leaves.
Pride and Prejudice
The two main characters in Pride and Prejudice, Elizabeth Bennet and Introduction Fitzwilliam Darcy, are introduced to each other at a ball in Meryton. Their Study: EB Learning Material first impressions of each other are not favorable.
219
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 1: The Bennet family members are discussing the expected arrival of Mr. Bingley, a wealthy man who will live at a neighboring estate. Chapter 2: Mrs. Bennet does not know that Mr. Bennet has already visited Mr. Bingley. Mrs. Bennet and the girls have many questions about Mr. Bingley. Chapter 3: Mrs. Bennet and the girls meet Mr. Bingley and his friend, Mr. Darcy, at a ball in Meryton. Mr. Bingley makes a good impression on the Bennet family women, while Mr. Darcy is considered to be quite arrogant. Chapter 4: Jane tells Elizabeth that she likes Mr. Bingley. Elizabeth agrees that Mr. Bingley is friendly, but she does not approve of his sisters' behavior. Chapter 5: The Lucas family lives near Longbourn. Charlotte Lucas and her mother visit the Bennet family the day after the ball in Meryton. Chapter 6: Jane and Elizabeth visit with Mr. Bingley and his sisters. Mr. Darcy, who is staying with the Bingleys, is attracted to Elizabeth. Elizabeth is not attracted to him. Chapter 7: The Bingleys invite Jane to dinner at their estate. Jane is caught in a rainstorm and becomes ill and must stay at the Bingley's home. Volume I Chapters Study: EB Learning Material 1 Elizabeth visits Jane at the Bingley's home. 1-14 Essay: Narrative Chapter 8: The Bingley sisters harshly criticize Elizabeth and her family because of their social position. This does not bother Mr. Bingley, but Mr. Darcy considers it to be a problem. Chapter 9: Mrs. Bennet visits Jane and Elizabeth at Netherfield, the Bingley home, and Elizabeth is embarrassed by her mother's behavior. Chapter 10: Elizabeth visits with the Bingleys and Mr. Darcy in the drawing room and notices that Mr. Darcy is continually staring at her. She believes Mr. Darcy disapproves of her and her family. Chapter 11: Jane joins the others in the drawing room after dinner. Elizabeth is pleased by the attention Mr. Bingley pays to Jane. Chapter 12: Elizabeth and Jane return to their home at Longbourn. Mr. Bingley is sad to see them go, but. Mr. Darcy and the Bingley sisters are glad. Chapter 13: Mr. Bennet tells his family that his cousin, Mr. Collins, is coming to visit Longbourn. Mr. Collins will eventually inherit Longbourn. Chapter 14: Mr. Bennet asks Mr. Collins to tell the family of his wealthy patroness, Lady Catherine de Bourgh. Mr. Bennet thinks Mr. Collins is a fool.
220
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 15: Mr. Collins announces that he is interested in marrying one of the Bennet girls. The Bennet ladies and Mr. Collins go for a walk and meet two soldiers, Mr. Wickham and Mr. Denny. Chapter 16: Elizabeth visits with Mr. Wickham and is impressed with the young soldier but wonders about the animosity between Mr. Darcy and Mr. Wickham. Chapter 17: Elizabeth tells Jane about her conversation with Mr. Wickham. Mr. Bingley announces that there will be a ball at his home, Netherfield. Chapter 18: The Bennet family attends the ball at Netherfield. Elizabeth, disappointed that Mr. Wickham is not present, reluctantly dances with Mr. Study: EB Learning Material Volume I Chapters Collins. 2 Essay: Compare and 15-23 Chapter 19: Mr. Collins proposes to Elizabeth, and she adamantly declines Contrast his offer of marriage. Mr. Collins does not believe her refusal is sincere. Chapter 20: Mrs. Bennet asks her husband to talk to Elizabeth about Mr. Collins' proposal, and he tells Elizabeth that she has made the right choice. Charlotte comes to visit and meets Mr. Collins. Chapter 21: Jane receives a note stating the Bingley family is leaving Netherfield to go to London and that Mr. Bingley will marry Georgiana Darcy. Chapter 22: Mr. Collins asks Charlotte Lucas to marry him. Chapter 23: Sir William Lucas arrives at Longbourn announcing the wedding plans to the Bennet family. The announcement affects Elizabeth's and Charlotte's friendship.
221
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 1: Miss Bingley sends Jane a letter stating that the Bingleys will not return to Netherfield until the end of the winter. Jane and Elizabeth talk about Mr. Bingley and Mr. Darcy. Chapter 2: Mrs. Bennet's brother and his wife, Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner, arrive at Longbourn for a visit and offer to take Jane to London. Chapter 3: Mrs. Gardiner warns Elizabeth not to get involved with Wickham. Mr. Collins returns for his wedding, and Charlotte invites Elizabeth to visit them at Hunsford. Chapter 4: Elizabeth accompanies William Lucas on a trip to Hunsford where Charlotte and Mr. Collins live. They stop in London to visit Jane and the Gardiners. Chapter 5: Sir William, his daughter Maria, and Elizabeth arrive at Hunsford. Miss de Bourgh invites everyone to dinner at Rosings the following Study: EB Learning Material Volume II Chapters 3 day. Essay: Compare and 1-10 Chapter 6: Mr. Collins describes the grandeur of the estate at Rosings, but Contrast Elizabeth is unimpressed by Mr. Collins' descriptions. Chapter 7: Elizabeth stays at Hunsford after the departure of Sir William and Maria and learns that Mr. Darcy and his cousin, Colonel Fitzwilliam, will be visiting Rosings. Chapter 8: Colonel Fitzwilliam and Elizabeth visit with each other following dinner at Rosings, but Lady Catherine de Bourgh interrupts their conversation. Chapter 9: Mr. Darcy comes to Hunsford to visit Elizabeth. They discuss the departure of the Bingleys and Mr. Darcy the previous November. Chapter 10: Elizabeth meets Colonel Fitzwilliam while she is on a walk. He tells her Mr. Darcy recently saved Mr. Bingley from an ill-advised marriage. Elizabeth becomes ill over the news.
222
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 11: Mr. Darcy tells Elizabeth he is in love with her and asks her to marry him, but she refuses due to his attitude toward her family. Chapter 12: Mr. Darcy finds Elizabeth while she is out on a walk and hands her a letter describing his reasons for stopping the marriage of Jane to Mr. Bingley. It also describes the relationship between Mr. Darcy and Mr. Wickham. Chapter 13: Elizabeth reads the letter and at first does not believe Mr. Darcy's account of Mr. Bingley and Jane and is confused about Mr. Wickham. Chapter 14: Lady Catherine invites Elizabeth, Maria, and the Collins to dinner. Lady Catherine asks Elizabeth and Maria to stay another two weeks, but Elizabeth tells Lady Catherine that her father wants her to return home. Volume II Chapters Chapter 15: Elizabeth and Maria stop at the Gardiner home for a few days Study: EB Learning Material 4 11-19 on their trip home. Jane plans to join them. Essay: Descriptive Chapter 16: Elizabeth is glad the soldiers will soon be leaving Meryton, but Kitty and Lydia hope to vacation in Brighton to be near the soldiers. Chapter 17: Elizabeth tells Jane about Mr. Darcy's marriage proposal and Mr. Wickham. They decide not to reveal the contents of the letter. Elizabeth does not tell Jane about the information in the letter concerning Mr. Bingley. Chapter 18: Mrs. Forster, the wife of the colonel of the regiment, asks Lydia to go with her to Brighton, and Elizabeth urges her father not to allow Lydia to go. Chapter 19: The relationship between Mr. Bennet and Mrs. Bennet is described in this chapter. Elizabeth goes on a vacation with Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner.
223
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 1: Elizabeth and the Gardiners visit Pemberley, Mr. Darcy's estate. Both Elizabeth and Mr. Darcy are uncomfortable in each other's company. Chapter 2: Elizabeth meets Mr. Darcy's sister. Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner believe Mr. Darcy is in love with Elizabeth. Chapter 3: Mr. Darcy's sister Georgiana approves of Elizabeth, but Miss Bingley tells both Mr. Darcy and Georgiana that she does not like Elizabeth. Chapter 4: Jane sends two letters to Elizabeth telling her that Lydia has eloped with Wickham. They are believed to be in London. Elizabeth asks Mr. Gardiner to help her look for her sister. Chapter 5: The Gardiners and Elizabeth arrive at Longbourn. Elizabeth regrets not revealing what she knew of Wickham's character. Chapter 6: The Bennet family is disgraced over the actions of Lydia, and Mr. Bennet returns home. Volume III Study: EB Learning Material 5 Chapter 7: Mr. Gardiner finds Wickham and Lydia. Wickham wants money Chapters 1-10 Essay: Descriptive from Mr. Bennet before he will marry Lydia. Chapter 8: Mr. Bennet suspects that Mr. Gardiner paid Wickham so he would agree to marry Lydia and announces that he will not welcome the couple. Chapter 9: Lydia and Wickham arrive at Longbourn, and Lydia is not ashamed of what she has done to the reputation of the Bennet family. Lydia tells Elizabeth that Mr. Darcy attended the wedding. Elizabeth writes a letter to Mrs. Gardiner asking for more details concerning Mr. Darcy's role in the wedding. Chapter 10: Mrs. Gardiner sends a letter. Elizabeth now realizes that Mr. Darcy was responsible for arranging the wedding of Lydia and Wickham. Elizabeth alludes to Wickham that she is aware of his past dealings with Mr. Darcy but is careful to not provoke him.
224
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Chapter 11: Lydia and Wickham leave for Newcastle, where the new regiment is stationed. Mrs. Bennet invites both Mr. Bingley and Mr. Darcy to dinner. Chapter 12: Elizabeth observes Jane and Mr. Bingley at the dinner party. She is convinced that Mr. Bingley is still interested in a relationship with Jane. Mr. Darcy leaves for London. Chapter 13: Mr. Bingley is invited to dinner at Longbourn, and Mr. Bingley talks to Mr. Bennet about his intentions toward Jane. Chapter 14: Lady Catherine makes a visit to Longbourn the next morning and tries to discourage Elizabeth against becoming involved with Mr. Darcy. Elizabeth refuses to listen. Chapter 15: Mr. Bennet talks to Elizabeth and tells her that Mr. Collins sent Study: EB Learning Material Volume III 6 him a letter concerning Mr. Darcy. Essay: Compare and Chapters 11-19 Chapter 16: Mr. Bingley and Mr. Darcy come to Longbourn to visit, and Mr. Contrast Darcy proposes to Elizabeth. Chapter 17: Elizabeth tells Jane about her engagement to Mr. Darcy, and Mrs. Bennet is happily preparing for another wedding. Chapter 18: Lady Catherine is very angry that Mr. Darcy and Elizabeth are going to be married, but the marriage takes place and the couple moves to Pemberly. Chapter 19: Elizabeth and Mr. Darcy settle in at Pemberly after their marriage, and Jane and Mr. Bingley move to Derbyshire, which is near Pemberly. The Bennet sisters remain in close contact. Lydia and Wickham experience financial trouble and seek assistance from Elizabeth and Mr. Darcy.
Short Stories
A medical doctor named Lemuel Gulliver is shipwrecked and awakens on the Gulliver's Travels: shore in the land of Lilliput. Here he meets a race of miniature people who 1 Essay: Persuasive A Voyage to Lilliput are only six inches tall. Gulliver has many adventures as he becomes involved in the everyday lives of the Lilliputians.
225
A+nyWhere Learning System English Literature XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Helen Stoner contacts the famous detective Sherlock Holmes, recalling to The Adventure of 2 him the mysterious death of her twin sister several years before. Helen does Essay: Persuasive the Speckled Band not trust her stepfather and is fearful for her own life.
226
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
English Skills IX–XII Grade Levels 9–12
A+LS English Skills IX–XII introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• common expressions • clauses and phrases • vowel sounds and spellings • story details and sequences • folklore • inferences • parts of speech • clauses and diagramming • blends and silent letters • infinitives • digraphs • etymology • genres and literature • farce and satire • literary devices • propaganda and bias • infinitives and clauses • root words • verbals • syllables and pronunciations • words in context • reading strategies • characterization • classifying information
227
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading Skills
Use of a dictionary to alphabetize words, importance of alphabetizing in the Reading - card catalog: alphabetizing by title, author, and subject; telephone Study: EB Learning Material 1 Alphabetization directories, encyclopedia, thesaurus, atlases, periodicals, alphabetizing in Essay: Paragraph bibliographies
Definition of an analogy, students practice completing analogies, strategies English Skills IX for recognizing analogous relationships: (specific to general, synonyms, Study: EB Learning Material 2 Reading - Analogies antonyms, cause and effect, part to whole, item to category, time to Essay: Short Answer process, object to action, object to function, part to whole, performer to
action)
Reading - Improving vocabulary through the use of antonyms, identifying antonyms in 3 Essay: Short Answer Antonyms a dictionary or thesaurus
Everyday sayings, idioms, common expressions, euphemisms, implied Reading - Common 4 meanings, clichés, folklore: (epic, folktales, fables, fairy tales, myths, Essay: Illustration Expressions parables, tall tales)
Reading - Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning, 5 Connotation and using a dictionary and thesaurus to choose the correct word definition and Essay: Short Answer Denotation use
Reading - Greek Examples and definitions of words with Greek and Latin derivatives, using Study: EB Learning Material 6 and Latin Words prefixes and suffixes to form words Essay: Expository
228
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Greek literature: lyric and epic poetry, drama, philosophy, histories, Homer: (Iliad, Odyssey), Hesiod, didactic, epic, melic, elegiac, iambic, choral poetry, hexameter, pentameter, Golden Age, Athens, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Reading - Greek Study: EB Learning Material 7 Oedipus, Euripides, Drama, Dionysus, Old Comedy, Middle Comedy, New Literature Essay: Persuasive Comedy, Menander, prose, Sophists, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Macedonia, Phillip II, Alexander the Great, Hellenistic Age, Epicurus, pastoral poetry, Polybius, Greco-Roman Age, Neoplatonic School of philosophy
Reading - 8 Homonyms and Recognizing the correct use of homonyms and homophones Essay: Short Answer Homophones
Allegory, alliteration, allusion, description, epic, irony: (dramatic irony, irony Reading - of situation, verbal irony) metaphor, paradox, personification, rhyme, rhyme 9 Language Arts Study: EB Learning Material scheme, satire, simile, stanza: (couplet, tercet, quatrain, cinquain, sestet, Terms 1 heptastich, octave), symbols and symbolism, verse
Antagonist, character, characterization, dialogue, flashback, foreshadowing, Reading - imagery, mood, plot: (exposition, inciting incident, central conflict, climax, 10 Language Arts resolution, rising action, denouement, falling action) point of view: (first Study: EB Learning Material Terms 2 person, third person, omniscient, limited), protagonist, sequence of events, setting, soliloquy, theme, tone
Reading - Multiple 11 Using a dictionary to identify the multiple meanings of words Essay: Short Answer Meaning Words
Reading - Direct quotations, paraphrasing, summarizing, plagiarizing, examples of Study: EB Learning Material 12 Paraphrasing- paraphrasing and summarizing, the SQ3R method for learning new material Essay: Short Report Summarizing (survey, question, read, recite, review)
Poetry definition, imagery, figurative language, rhyme, lines, stanzas, basic Study: EB Learning Material 13 Reading - Poetry forms of poetry: (ballad, sonnet, lyric, narrative, limerick), Shakespearean Essay: Short Answer sonnet, line break, setting, theme
229
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Writing process, points to consider when selecting an audience, writing: (narrative, persuasive, descriptive, expository), transitional words: (further Reading - Purpose information, directional change, sequence and order, explanation, emphasis, Study: EB Learning Material 14 in Writing location and setting, compare and contrast, summary and conclusion, time), Essay: Letter Writing order: (spatial order, chronological order, order of importance, logical order), point of view
Answer who, what, when, where, why, and how questions in a reading selection; increase reading comprehension through the use and examination of the following: (vocabulary words, pronouns, cause and effect, story Reading - Reading 15 sequence, compare and contrast, author's tone, predicting outcomes); Essay: Short Answer Strategies transitional words: (further information, directional change, sequence and order, explanation, emphasis, location and setting, compare and contrast, summary and conclusion, time)
Writing style: (word choice, tone, degree of formality, figurative language, rhythm, grammatical structure, sentence length, organization), story elements: (characterization, setting, plot, conflict, point of view), conflict: (man versus man, character versus self, man versus nature, man versus Reading - Story society, man versus fate or destiny), recall details from stories, put story Study: EB Learning Material 16 Details & Sequence parts in order or sequence, using visualization, story pattern, chronology, Essay: Narrative flashback and foreshadowing, plot routes, the SWBS technique, transitional words: (further information, directional change, sequence and order, explanation, emphasis, location and setting, compare and contrast, summary and conclusion, time)
Reading - Improving vocabulary through the use of synonyms, identifying synonyms in 17 Essay: Paragraph Synonyms a dictionary or thesaurus
Reading - Word Strategies for critical recognition of small words in larger words, using 18 Essay: Short Answer Recognition context, prefixes, suffixes, and roots to identify unknown words
230
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Usage Skills
Identify and correctly use abbreviations for states, countries, addresses, Usage - Study: EB Learning Material 19 measurement, months, days of the week, time, titles, government Abbreviations Essay: Letter Writing departments and offices, organizations
Definition and use of appositives and appositive phrases, punctuation with 20 Usage - Appositives Essay: Short Answer appositives
Rules for capitalizing names, dates, geographic names, government Usage - departments and offices, organizations, seasons, days of the week, months, 21 Essay: Paragraph Capitalization holidays, title or rank, historic events, historic periods, historic documents, geographic directions, planets, proper adjectives
Definition and use of independent and subordinate (dependent) clauses, 22 Usage - Clauses Essay: Paragraph relative pronouns, clauses that act as adjectives
Definition and examples of compound words, students identify compound Usage - Compound 23 words, hyphenated compound words, compound nouns, compound personal Essay: Short Answer Words pronouns, open compound words, gerunds
Parts of speech: (noun, pronoun, verb, adjective, adverb, preposition, 24 Usage - Nouns conjunction, interjection), definition and use of nouns, common and proper Essay: Descriptive nouns, concrete and abstract nouns
Definition and use of prepositions and direct objects, prepositional phrases, Usage - Parts of 25 compound prepositions, objective case pronouns, conjunctions: Essay: Paragraph Speech (coordinating, correlative conjunctions), use of interjections
Definition of a phrase, types of phrases: (verb, noun, prepositional, 26 Usage - Phrases Essay: Short Answer adjective, adverb), object of the preposition, modifiers
231
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition of a pronoun, pronoun types: (personal, relative, interrogative, demonstrative, indefinite), antecedents and personal pronouns, singular and 27 Usage - Pronouns plural pronouns, first, second and third person pronouns, pronoun cases: Essay: Paragraph (nominative, objective, possessive), pronoun genders: (masculine, feminine, neutral), reflexive pronouns
Use of end marks in sentences: (period, question mark, exclamation point), Usage - use of punctuation: (to enclose, to link, to show omission, to separate), 28 Essay: Short Answer Punctuation 1 sentence types: (declarative sentence, imperative, exclamatory, interrogative), use of periods in abbreviations
Use of a comma in a compound sentence, commas used with other Usage - punctuation; use of a comma to separate introductory words, transitional 29 Essay: Paragraph Punctuation 2 words, introductory participial phrases, long introductory prepositional phrases, introductory adverb clauses
Usage - Sentence Definition of a sentence; fragment; run-on; declarative, interrogative, 30 Essay: Narrative Construction exclamatory, and imperative sentences
Correct use of subject verb agreement, phrases: (verb, prepositional, 31 Usage Problems adjective), pronouns, collective nouns, use of singular and plural, review of Essay: Descriptive most grammar rules
Definition and use of verbs, action verbs: (physical action, mental action), 32 Usage - Verbs 1 Essay: Short Answer transitive verbs, intransitive verbs, and linking verbs
Verb tenses, regular and irregular verbs, action verbs, linking verbs, helping 33 Usage - Verbs 2 Essay: Descriptive verbs, verb phrases, transitive and intransitive verbs, main verbs
232
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Overview of the writing process, writing activity, prewriting, clustering, brainstorming, five senses chart, six big questions, free writing, looping, Usage - Writing 34 chronological order, spatial order, order of importance, transitional words: Essay: Descriptive Process Overview (further information, directional change, sequence and order, explanation, emphasis, location, compare and contrast, summary and conclusion, time)
Vocabulary Skills
Vocab - Final Review of ending blends /ld/, /lt/, /nd/, /nt/, /ry/, /ty/, and /nk/; students 35 Consonant Blends complete words with the correct consonant blend
Vocab - Initial Definition and review of consonant blends using /bl/, /br/, /cl/, /cr/, /dr/, 36 Essay: Paragraph Blends /fl/, /fr/, /gl/, /gr/, /pl/, and /pr/
Vocab - Short 37 Students identify short vowel sounds Essay: Paragraph Vowel Review
Vocab - Silent Introduction of words that use silent letters /kn/, /wr/, and /gn/; students 38 Essay: Short Answer Letters complete words with the correct sounds
Using a dictionary, adding suffixes to words, understanding changes with Vocab - Spelling 39 plurals, verbs, vowel sounds, syllabification as a spelling aid, spelling Study: EB Learning Material Review guidelines
Vocab - Vowel Diphthongs that use the letters /ou/, /oi/, and /ow/; students complete 40 Diphthong Review words using correct vowel combinations
233
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading Skills
Definition of analogies, students practice completing analogies, strategies for recognizing analogous relationships including the following: compare and English Skills X 1 Reading - Analogies contrast, synonyms, antonyms, cause and effect, part to whole, character to Essay: Short Answer member, time to process, object to characteristic, worker to tool, product to worker
Reading - Definition of antonyms; students practice finding antonyms for words; using 2 Essay: Paragraph Antonyms the thesaurus as a source for antonyms
How to use a dictionary, parts of the dictionary and dictionary entry, Reading - Study: EB Learning Material 3 syllabication, pronunciation, superscript numbers, word forms, parts of Dictionary Essay: Short Answer speech, definitions, thesaurus, guide words, reference materials
Identify facts, opinions and sense words, choose significant details which do or do not support the main idea, identify information which gives support for Reading - Fact and opinions, using judgment, appealing to emotions; logic, loaded words, 4 Essay: Paragraph Opinion literature: (poems, short stories, novels, essays, plays), transitional words, order: (spatial order, chronological order, order of importance, logical order), writing: (narrative, persuasive, descriptive, expository), drawing conclusions
Folklore, definition and examples of fable, folktales, tall tale, myth, fantasy, Study: EB Learning Material 5 Reading - Folklore parable, heroes, proverb, fairy tale, symbolism, Greek gods and goddesses Essay: Narrative (Zeus, Hera, Poseidon, Hestia), epic, Homer, Iliad, and Odyssey
Definition of literary terms: autobiography, ballad, biography, fiction, Reading - nonfiction, fantasy, fable, tall tale, myth, tragedy, genre, parable, literary 6 Language Arts Study: EB Learning Material style, motif, persona, epiphany, figures of speech, literal language, figurative Terms 1 language
234
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading - Definition of poetry terms: anapest, blank verse, caesura, couplet, dactyl, 7 Language Arts foot, iamb, meter, monologue, poetry, prosody, pyrrhic, refrain, repetition, Study: EB Learning Material Terms 2 rhythm, scansion, sonnet, spondee, trochee, terza rima, versification
Reading - Latin and Study: EB Learning Material 8 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Greek Roots 1 Essay: Expository
Reading - Latin and Study: EB Learning Material 9 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Greek Roots 2 Essay: Short Answer
Roman Empire, Latins, Etruscans, Roman Republic, Greco-Roman Age, Plutarch, Lucian, Stoicism, Epictetus, Ptolemy, Galen, Latin literature: (Early Period, Golden Age, Age of Cicero, Augustan Age, Silver Age), Livius Study: EB Learning Material Reading - Latin 10 Andronicus, Gnaeus Naevius, Latin tragedies, Quintus Ennius, Latin Essay: Compare and Literature comedies, Plautus, Golden Age of Roman Literature, Cicero, orations, Julius Contrast Caesar, Sallust, Catullus, Lucretius, Varro, Epicurus, Zeno, Virgil, Aeneid, Horace, elegiac poetry, Pliny the Elder, fall of Rome
Identify main idea and details, recognize the title as a source of the main Reading - Main idea, determine the key words and topic sentence, supporting sentences 11 Essay: Short Answer Idea including anecdotes, facts, and statistics, clincher sentences, theme, fiction, historical fiction, nonfiction
Reading - Making Make an inference based on feelings and motives, mannerism, definitions 12 Essay: Paragraph Inferences and examples of feelings and motives, drawing conclusions, characterization
Reading - Multiple Using a dictionary to identify the multiple meanings of words, parts of 13 Essay: Paragraph Meaning Words speech, thesaurus
235
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Types of poetry: (lyric, dramatic, narrative), stanza: (couplet, tercet, quatrain, cinquain, sestet, heptastich, octave), theme, rhyme, rhyme scheme, figurative language: (personification, simile, metaphor), imagery, Study: EB Learning Material 14 Reading - Poetry sonnet: (Elizabethan, Shakespearean, English), iambic pentameter, rhythm, Essay: Expository heroic couplet, haiku, dramatic monologue, narrative poetry, ballad, epic, in media res, metrical romances, concrete poem, diamante poem
Using prefixes from the Greek, French, and Latin languages to determine 15 Reading - Prefixes word meaning, suffixes, and roots; using a dictionary to determine word Essay: Short Answer origin (etymology)
Narrative writing: (creative nonfiction, historical fiction, nonfiction), Reading - Story characterization, plot, setting, point of view, fiction, nonfiction, historical Study: EB Learning Material 16 Elements fiction, creative fiction, autobiography, biography, conflict, novella, novel, Essay: Short Answer short story
Using suffixes from the Greek, French, and Latin languages to determine 17 Reading - Suffixes Essay: Paragraph word meaning, prefixes, roots, suffixes that create nouns and adjectives
Reading - Definition and identification of synonyms; sources: dictionary and thesaurus; 18 Essay: Paragraph Synonyms examples of synonyms
Using denotation and connotation to determine the context word meaning, Reading - Words in 19 using a dictionary and thesaurus to choose the correct word definition, Essay: Persuasive Context euphemisms
Usage Skills
Definition and use of adjectives, articles, proper adjectives and predicates, 20 Usage - Adjectives demonstrative adjectives, interrogative pronouns as adjectives, indefinite Essay: Descriptive pronouns as adjectives, possessive nouns, common and proper nouns
236
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Capitalization of proper nouns and proper adjectives, review of rules for Usage - capitalizing names, titles, locations, historical events, historic periods, 21 Essay: Brochure Capitalization movements, documents, special events, days of the week, months, holidays, buildings, monuments, awards, ships, planets and other heavenly bodies
Definition and use of adjective and adverb clauses, noun clauses, subjects, direct objects, predicate nominatives, indirect objects, appositives, objects of 22 Usage - Clauses prepositions, prepositional phrases, clauses: (independent, subordinate, Essay: Expository dependent); sentence structure: (simple, compound, complex, compound- complex)
Common and proper nouns, collective and compound nouns, concrete and 23 Usage - Nouns Essay: Persuasive abstract nouns, one word, two word, and hyphenated words
Usage - Parts of a 24 Identify the simple and complete subject in a sentence Essay: Scavenger Hunt Sentence
Parts of speech: (noun, pronoun, adjective, verb, adverb, preposition, Usage - Parts of 25 conjunction, interjection), recognize and use the eight parts of speech in Essay: Short Answer Speech sentences, verb phrase
26 Usage - Pronouns Pronouns: (relative, interrogative, indefinite, relative, personal), antecedents Essay: Expository
Usage - Comma use, commas in bibliographic references, parenthetical expression, 27 Essay: Descriptive Punctuation 1 use of punctuation in direct quotations, abbreviations, dates, addresses
Usage - Use a colon: (time of day, salutation in a business letter; the use of 28 Essay: Letter Writing Punctuation 2 semicolons)
Usage - Usage Avoiding shifts in tense, redundancies, eliminating unnecessary words, 29 Essay: Paragraph Problems producing effective writing
237
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Definition and use of participles, participial phrases, phrases that act as 30 Usage - Verbals 1 Essay: Paragraph adjectives
31 Usage - Verbals 2 Definition and use of gerunds Essay: Descriptive
Principle parts of verbs: present tense, past tense, past participle, and 32 Usage - Verbs 1 Essay: Short Answer present participle
Transitive and intransitive verbs; identify the mood and voice of verbs; 33 Usage - Verbs 2 Essay: Short Answer indicative, imperative, and subjunctive moods; active and passive voice
Vocabulary Skills
Vocab - Final 34 Review of ending blends /ct/, /st/, /sk/, /rm/, and /rn/ Essay: Short Answer Consonant Blends
Vocab - Initial 3- Examples of words having /scr/, /spr/, /spl/, /squ/, /sch/, and /thr/ blends, 35 Essay: Short Answer Letter Blends students complete words with the correct blends
Identify initial, medial, and final single consonant sounds and sound-letter Vocab - Letters and 36 correspondences, blends and digraphs, troublesome consonant sounds, Essay: Activity Pronunciation clusters, diacritical marks
Vocab - Silent Introduction of words that use silent letters /gh/, /sc/, /rh/, and /dge/, 37 Letters students complete words with the correct sounds
Vocab - Vowel Use of vowel consonant vowel clusters to create long /a/, /e/, /i/, and /u/ 38 Essay: Short Answer Sounds Review vowel sounds, silent letter, students identify long /a/, /e/, /i/, and /u/ words
238
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading Skills
Periods of American Literature: Exploration Period and Colonial Period to Reading - American Study: EB Learning Material 1 1763, Revolutionary Period - 1763 to 1787, National Period - 1787 to 1820, Literature 1 Essay: Persuasive Romantic Period - 1820 to 1860
Periods of American Literature: Realism Period - 1860 to 1914, Modernism Reading - American Study: EB Learning Material 2 Period 1914 to the end of World War II in 1945, Post-Modernism Period - Literature 2 Essay: Descriptive 1945 to the present
Writing strategies: (narration, description, step by step instruction), English Skills XI Reading - Cause comparison and contrast, cause and effect, students identify various causes 3 Essay: Short Answer and Effect and effects by reading clues, analyzing historical events, tips for writing
cause and effect analyses, linking words and phrases
Reading - Make an inference based on character traits using description and dialogue, 4 Essay: Paragraph Characterization examples of how authors use characterization
Reading - Definition of classifying information, students classify various groups of 5 Classifying items, newspapers, library, yellow pages, Dewey Decimal System, atlases, Essay: Research Plan Writing Information encyclopedias, almanacs
Reading - Context Select the correct meaning for unfamiliar words using definition restatement, 6 Essay: Short Answer Clues and Reading comparison, contrast, cause and effect, using synonyms as context clues
Reading - Farce Identify the elements of farce and satire; identify and correctly use Study: EB Learning Material 7 and Satire oxymorons, parody, types of irony, and foil Essay: Descriptive
Reading - Foreign 8 Foreign terms that enrich and extend vocabularies Essay: Short Report Terms
239
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading - 9 Homophones & Definition and examples of homophones and homographs Essay: Short Answer Homographs
Antonym, apostrophe, aside, chorus, comedy, dialect, diction, euphemism, Reading - farce, folklore, homograph, homonym, homophone, Horation satire, idiom, 10 Language Arts Study: EB Learning Material Jouvenalian satire, melodrama, moral, onomatopoeia, oxymoron, parody, Terms 1 proverb, saga, synonym, syntax, treatise
Assonance, consonance, dramatic poetry, elegy, end-stopped line, Reading - enjambment, epinikion, epistle, fixed poetry, free verse, haiku, heroic 11 Language Arts couplet, iambic pentameter, iambic poetry, in media res, kenning, limerick, Study: EB Learning Material Terms 2 lyric poetry, melic poetry, narrative poetry, ode, parallelism, rhyme types: (end, true, slant, eye, internal rhyme)
Reading - Latin and Study: EB Learning Material 12 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Greek Roots 1 Essay: Short Answer
Reading - Latin and Study: EB Learning Material 13 Expanding vocabulary through the study of common Latin and Greek roots Greek Roots 2 Essay: Short Answer
Identify elements of mood and tone, flashback, foreshadowing, imagery; Reading - Mood Study: EB Learning Material 14 creating the mood in writing, how to identify the mood and tone in a reading and Tone Essay: Persuasive selection
Stanzas: (couplet: two line stanza; tercet: three line stanza; quatrain: four line stanza; cinquain: five line stanza; sestet: six line stanza; heptastich: seven line stanza; octave: eight line stanza), theme, setting, imagery, Study: EB Learning Material 15 Reading - Poetry figurative language, figures of speech: (hyperbole, metaphor, Essay: Expository personification, simile, symbol), rhyme types: (masculine, feminine, end, true, slant, eye, internal), rhyme scheme, alliteration, consonance, assonance, parallelism, onomatopoeia, kenning, free verse, caesura
240
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading - Point of Recognize first-person and third-person points of view, narrator, omniscient 16 Essay: Narrative View point of view, limited point of view
Using prefixes from the Greek, French, and Latin languages to determine 17 Reading - Prefixes word meaning, suffixes, and roots, using a dictionary to determine word Essay: Short Answer origin (etymology)
Using suffixes from the Greek, French, and Latin languages to determine 18 Reading - Suffixes Essay: Paragraph word meaning, prefixes, and roots, suffixes that create nouns and adjectives,
Reading - How to use a thesaurus as a resource to find words with similar meanings 19 Essay: Descriptive Thesaurus (synonyms)
Definition and examples of conflicts: (man versus man, man versus nature, man versus self), elements of a plot: (exposition, inciting incident, central Reading - Universal conflict, climax, resolution, rising action, falling action) universal themes of 20 Themes in Essay: Expository literature: (individual and self, individual and individual, individual and Literature family, individual and society, individual and nature, individual and the universe, individual as a hero)
Usage Skills
Predicate adjectives, suffix endings of adjectives, adjectives as modifiers, identify and use the positive, comparative and superlative forms of 21 Usage - Adjectives Essay: Descriptive adjectives, identifying adjectives in relationship to nouns and verbs, irregular forms of adjectives
Usage - 22 Review of common capitalization rules Essay: Letter Writing Capitalization
241
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Independent and subordinate clauses, definition and use of noun, adverb, and adjective clauses, diagramming adjective and noun clauses, finding 23 Usage - Clauses Essay: Paragraph clauses in compound-complex sentences, predicate nominative, relative pronouns, coordinating conjunctions
Definition and use of infinitives, infinitive phrase, use of infinitives and 24 Usage - Infinitives Essay: Short Answer infinitive phrases as direct objects, predicate nominative
Classification of nouns: (common or proper, concrete or abstract, compound 25 Usage - Nouns and collective), identifying the determiner of a noun, singular and plural Essay: Short Answer nouns, suffix endings, plural forms of words with Greek and Latin origins
Usage - Parts of a Identify subject complements, direct and indirect objects, and objective 26 Essay: Narrative Sentence complements
Review of the eight parts of speech: (noun, verb, pronoun, adjective, Usage - Parts of 27 conjunction, adverb, preposition, interjection), how to recognize and use the Essay: Paragraph Speech eight parts of speech in sentences
Use of punctuation in quotations, when to use a comma, period, colon, Usage - semicolon, question mark, exclamation point, use of quotation marks to 28 Essay: Narrative Punctuation 1 enclose titles of short stories, essays, short poems, songs, magazine articles, parts of a book, single television programs, slang expressions, nicknames,
Identify when to punctuate using apostrophes, the use of an apostrophe to Usage - 29 show possession or the plural forms of words, possessive case of personal Essay: Paragraph Punctuation 2 pronouns, indefinite pronouns
Correct usage of confusing words such as a/an, good/well, discover/invent, Usage - Usage bust/busted, could/have, accept/except, between/among, bring/take, 30 Essay: Narrative Problems affect/effect/ beside/besides, anywhere/everywhere, don't/doesn't, fewer/less, nowhere/somewhere
242
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Usage - Verbs Conjugation of regular and irregular verbs, present, past and past participle 31 Essay: Descriptive Tenses forms of verbs, helping verbs, transitive and intransitive verbs
Vocabulary Skills
32 Vocab - Consonants Students place consonants at the beginning or end of words Essay: Short Answer
33 Vocab - Digraphs Review of digraphs, students complete words using /sh/, /ch/, /wh/, and /th/ Essay: Short Answer
Vocab - R- Review of /er/ and /or/ sounds, students complete words using correct /ar/, 34 Essay: Short Answer Controlled Sounds /er/, /ir/, /ur/ and /or/ spelling
Vocab - Syllables- The identification and use of closed, open and accented syllables, using a 35 Essay: Paragraph Pronunciation pronunciation key
Vocab - The 36 Review of sounds made by /oo/, students identify /oo/ sounds in words Essay: Paragraph Sounds of /oo/
243
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading Skills
Periods of English Literature: Classical Period - 1200 B.C. to 455 A.D.; Reading - British Study: EB Learning Material 1 Medieval Period - 455 A.D. to 1485; Renaissance and the Commonwealth Literature 1 Essay: Persuasive Period - 1485 to 1660
Periods of English Literature: Neoclassical Period - 1660 to 1790; Romantic English Skills XII Reading - British Period - 1790 to 1830; Victorian Period - 1832 to 1901; Edwardian Era - Study: EB Learning Material 2 Literature 2 1901-1910; Modernism - 1914 to 1945; Post-Modernism Period - 1945 to Essay: Persuasive the present
Reading - Compare Definition and examples of comparing and contrasting ideas, events, Essay: Compare and 3 & Contrast characters, etc.; similarities and differences Contrast
Reading - 4 Connotation & Recognize the denotation and connotation of a word in a sentence Essay: Persuasive Denotation
Study: EB Learning Material 5 Reading - Drama Elements and types of drama: tragedy, melodrama, comedy, modern drama Essay: Persuasive
Reading - Study: EB Learning Material 6 History of words derived from names and places Etymology Essay: Short Answer
Reading - Foreign 7 Understanding examples of foreign phrases Essay: Short Answer Phrases 1
Reading - Foreign 8 Understanding examples of foreign phrases Essay: Persuasive Phrases 2
Reading - Foreign 9 Understanding examples of foreign phrases Essay: Expository Phrases 3
244
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading - Foreign Study: EB Learning Material 10 Examples of common foreign terms used in the English language Terms 1 Essay: Letter Writing
Reading - Foreign Study: EB Learning Material 11 Examples of common foreign terms used in the English language Terms 2 Essay: Short Report
Almanac, anecdote, anthology, antithesis, aphorism, carpe diem, character types (round, flat, static, dynamic), conceit, connotation, convention, denotation, Electra complex, epigram, epigraph, epilogue, epitaph, epithet, Reading - Genres foil, hamartia, metonymy, mock epic, narration, Oedipus complex, order: 12 and Literary Study: EB Learning Material (spatial order, chronological order, order of importance, and logical order), Periods oxymoron, pastoral, prologue, prose, pseudonym, pun, sarcasm, stream-of- consciousness, subplot, synecdoche, tragic flaw, universal themes of literature
Genre, Latin literature, Age of Reason, Classical literature, contemporary literature, diary, didactic literature, dystopian literature, Enlightenment, Reading - epistolary novel, Gilded Age, Gothic novel, Harlem Renaissance, Humanism, 13 Language Arts journal, novels of local color, memoirs, Middle Ages, Modernism, Naturalism, Study: EB Learning Material Terms Neoclassicism, novel, novel of manners, novella, picaresque novel, Post- modernism, Realism, regional novel, Renaissance, Romanticism, sentimental novel, short story, Transcendentalism, and the Victorian Age of literature
Literary devices: alliteration, assonance, onomatopoeia, figurative language, Reading - Literary Study: EB Learning Material 14 personification, hyperbole, parallelism, antitheses, apostrophe, epithet, Devices Essay: Descriptive metonymy, synecdoche
Reading - Study: EB Learning Material 15 Metaphors and Definition of metaphor and simile; use of metaphors and similes in literature Essay: Persuasive Similes
245
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Reading - Definition of outcome and conclusion; using flashback and symbolism to 16 Outcomes and Essay: Narrative predict outcomes and conclusions Conclusions
Elements of poetry; rhyme types; ballad; limerick; haiku; elegy; sonnet; Study: EB Learning Material 17 Reading - Poetry ode; saga Essay: Persuasive
Reading - Prefixes 18 Definition and examples of commonly used prefixes and suffixes Essay: Short Answer and Suffixes
Reading - Use of propaganda and bias in various forms of written works; loaded words; Study: EB Learning Material 19 Propaganda and name calling; bandwagon; testimonials; statistics Essay: Poster Bias
Elements of prose; types of prose: mysteries; short stories; novels; Study: EB Learning Material 20 Reading - Prose biographies; autobiographies; formal and informal essays; narrative, Essay: Paragraph descriptive, expository, and persuasive essays
Usage Skills
21 Usage - Adverbs Definition and use of adverbs; negative adverbs; degrees of comparison Essay: Short Answer
Usage - Clauses 22 Review of adjective, adverb, and noun clauses Essay: Descriptive Review
Usage - 23 Diagramming Review phrases; diagramming of participial phrases, gerunds, and infinitives Essay: Short Answer Phrases
Usage - Diagramming imperative sentences and sentences with compound subjects 24 Diagramming Essay: Short Answer and verbs Sentences
246
A+nyWhere Learning System English Skills XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Nouns as subjects; proper and common nouns; concrete and abstract nouns; 25 Usage - Nouns Essay: Short Answer compound nouns
Usage - Parts of 26 Review of the eight parts of speech Essay: Short Answer Speech
Usage - 27 Correct usage of italics, parentheses, dash, and hyphen in sentences Essay: Paragraph Punctuation
Usage - Usage Correct usage of grammar including double subjects; learn/teach; leave/let; 28 Essay: Letter Writing Problems some/somewhat; than/then; a/an
Identify action and state of being verbs; verb tenses (past, present, future); 29 Usage - Verbs Essay: Narrative irregular verbs; subject-verb agreement
Vocabulary Skills
Vocab - Letter Review of sounds made by /au/ and /aw/; students identify /au/ and /aw/ 30 Combinations sounds in words
Vocab - Root Root words without spelling changes; root words with spelling changes; 31 Words-Word Essay: Short Answer changing the first or last letters to form word families Families
Vocab - Two Hard c and soft c explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 32 Essay: Narrative Sounds for C students identify hard and soft c in words
Vocab - Two Hard /g/ and soft /g/ explained; examples of words containing both sounds; 33 Essay: Short Answer Sounds for G students identify hard and soft /g/ in words
Vocab - Two Students identify words with the soft sound of s /s/ and the hard sound of s 34 Essay: Short Answer Sounds for S /z/
247
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Writing I–XII Grade Levels 1–12
A+LS Writing I–XII introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• learning to write a complete sentence • comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of writing • developing ideas • organizing the structure of a story • structure of paragraphs, essays, short reports, letters, and short stories • drafting, revision, and proofreading • varieties of writing formats • personal narratives • journals • newspaper writing • descriptive writing
• comparing and contrasting • sensory words • figurative language • formal and informal language • composing essays • writing resumes • short reports • research papers • expressing opinions
248
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I–XII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
The A+LS Writing courses are comprehensive, completely integrated courses for grades 1-12. This program directs the students through the entire writing process from learning to write a complete sentence to expressing themselves creatively through essays or other forms of writing. The A+LS Writing titles are designed to move students to the comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation levels of learning.
• Writing is presented as a collection of year-long courses.
• All lessons in the twelve courses contain an integrated study guide, and essay or constructed response.
• Lessons include a variety of essay types such as descriptive, persuasive, expository, and letter writing.
• Some courses are enriched by Encyclopædia Britannica® Online School Edition (EB) workspaces that contain learning materials. Learning materials may contain articles, games, images, maps, and/or videos.
249
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I–XII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
• The content in these courses is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) for the Standards of English Language Arts.
• The Writing titles emphasize six aspects of writing, including ideas, organization, voice, word choice, fluency and conventions.
• Students will learn varieties of writing formats that include personal narratives, journals, newspaper writing, and descriptive writing.
• Upper grade level titles develop skills in generating ideas, composing essays, writing resumes, short reports, and research papers, and expressing opinions in preparation for standardized exit examinations and college entrance examinations.
Third-Party Content in A+LS Lessons
The Encyclopædia Britannica Online School Edition has teacher resources and student learning materials. The materials include a wide range of interactive lessons, research projects, animations, and worksheets that support many A+LS lessons.
Each workspace may contain an article, diagram, study guide, video, or interactive media.
The launch icon for EB objects is located at the top of the A+LS screen in the study guide section.
250
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I–XII Teachers’ Guide Grade Levels 1–12
The Writing courses each contain a variety of lessons and differ in length, grade level, and available features. Listed below are the courses found within the curriculum planning manual.
Course Number of Grade Name Lessons Levels Writing I 30 1 Writing II 34 2 Writing III 34 3 Writing IV 38 4 Writing V 45 5 Writing VI 45 6 Writing VII 45 7 Writing VIII 45 8 Writing IX 41 9 Writing X 44 10 Writing XI 46 11 Writing XII 46 12
251
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Writing Sentences 1 Writing complete sentences Writing I
2 Writing Sentences 2 Recognizing simple and compound sentences
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 3 Writing Sentences 3 Essay: Written Response interrogative sentences
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, exploratory, 4 Paragraphs narrative, instructive, comparative, and contrasting paragraphs
5 Writing Formats 1 Writing personal narratives Essay: Written Response
6 Writing Formats 2 Writing stories, including illustrated books Essay: Written Response
7 Writing Formats 3 Writing friendly letters Essay: Written Response
8 Writing Formats 4 Journal Writing Essay: Written Response
9 Writing Formats 5 Writing about literature Essay: Illustration
10 Writing Formats 6 Writing descriptions
11 Writing Formats 7 Writing newspaper stories Essay: Written Response
12 Writing Formats 8 Writing titles for stories and pictures
Writing stories with a logical sequence including a beginning, middle, and 13 Writing Formats 9 Essay: Written Response ending
14 Writing Formats 10 Writing story details Essay: Written Response
252
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 15 Creative Writing 1 Creative activities and writing Essay: Activity
Writing poems using rhyming sounds, word patterns, onomatopoeia, and 16 Creative Writing 2 alliteration
17 Story Elements Writing from a character’s point of view
18 Sensory Words Using specific words that appeal to the senses Essay: Written Response
19 Sketches 1 Writing a biographical sketch Essay: Written Response
20 Sketches 2 Writing autobiographical sketches Essay: Written Response
21 Spelling and Writing Identifying and spelling words used frequently in writing
Personal Writing personal identification data: home address, phone number, parent’s 22 Essay: Written Response Information name
23 Ideas and Opinions Writing sentences to express personal ideas and opinions
Variety in 24 Communicating thoughts using sentences and paragraphs Communication
25 Sequence Organizing written ideas into a chronological sequence
26 Writing Process 1 Finding and narrowing a topic
27 Writing Process 2 Pre-writing, brainstorming for ideas, using illustrations to generate ideas Essay: Written Response
28 Writing Process 3 Writing, using strategies to produce a draft
253
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing I Scope & Sequence Grade Level 1
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Revising the draft, adding descriptive words, checking the appropriate use of 29 Writing Process 4 sentence types, paragraph structure
Proofreading: using a dictionary, editing for grammar, punctuation, 30 Writing Process 5 capitalization, and spelling
254
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Writing Sentences 1 Writing complete sentences, subject/predicate Essay: Written Response
2 Writing Sentences 2 Sentence fragments Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Sentences 3 Run-on sentences Essay: Written Response
4 Sentence Types 1 Recognizing simple and compound sentences Writing II
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 5 Sentence Types 2 interrogative sentences
6 Writing Process 1 Finding and narrowing a topic Essay: Illustration
7 Writing Process 2 Pre-writing: brainstorming for ideas, using illustrations to generate ideas Essay: Written Response
8 Writing Process 3 Writing: using strategies to produce a draft Essay: Written Response
Revising the draft: adding descriptive words, checking the appropriate use of 9 Writing Process 4 Essay: Written Response sentence types, paragraph structure
10 Writing Process 5 Proofreading: editing for grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling Essay: Written Response
Publishing: using a variety of resources including pictures to produce written 11 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response work
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, exploratory, 12 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, and instructive
Developing topic sentences, using indention when needed, using supporting 13 Paragraphs 2 details
255
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Order in paragraphs: main ideas of paragraphs, developing, and organizing 14 Paragraphs 3 Essay: Written Response paragraphs
Writing personal narratives and stories with a beginning, middle and end, 15 Narratives Essay: Written Response narrating events in sequence
16 Letters Writing friendly letters and addressing envelopes Essay: Written Response
17 Journals Using a journal to improve writing skills Essay: Written Response
18 Descriptions Writing a description of people, places, and events Essay: Written Response
19 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
20 Titles Writing a title for stories and pictures
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
22 Details Recognizing and using details to enhance and support writing Essay: Written Response
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 23 Book Report Essay: Written Response the book
24 Sensory Words Using specific words that appeal to the senses Essay: Written Response
25 Biography Writing a biographical paragraph Essay: Written Response
26 Autobiography Writing an autobiographical paragraph Essay: Written Response
27 Expository Writing Writing a paragraph that explains with facts and examples or gives directions Essay: Written Response
256
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing II Scope & Sequence Grade Level 2
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Comparison and Writing a paragraph showing the similarities and differences among 28 Essay: Written Response Contrast characters, settings, or events
29 Ideas and Opinions Writing sentences to express personal ideas and opinions Essay: Written Response
Literary Using simple literary conventions in writing: once upon a time, talking 30 Essay: Written Response Conventions animals, enchanted forests, moral of a story
Figurative 31 Reviewing onomatopoeia and alliteration Essay: Written Response Language
32 Creative Writing 1 Using story starters to begin the writing process Essay: Written Response
Writing poems using rhyming sounds, word patterns, onomatopoeia, and 33 Creative Writing 2 Essay: Written Response alliteration
Accessing information from a variety of sources, using a table of contents, 34 Information glossary, and index
257
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Writing Sentences 1 Writing complete sentences, subject/predicate Writing III
2 Writing Sentences 2 Identifying the subject and predicate in complete sentences
3 Writing Sentences 3 Using periods in complete sentences Essay: Written Response
Recognizing simple and compound sentences, correctly using commas in 4 Sentence Types 1 Essay: Written Response sentences
Defining, identifying, and writing declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 5 Sentence Types 2 Essay: Written Response interrogative sentences
6 Writing Process 1 Finding and narrowing a writing topic
7 Writing Process 2 Pre-writing: brainstorming for ideas, using illustrations to generate ideas
8 Writing Process 3 Writing: using strategies to produce a writing draft Essay: Written Response
Revising the draft: adding descriptive words, checking the appropriate use of 9 Writing Process 4 sentence types, paragraph structure and time order
Proofreading: using a dictionary, editing for grammar, punctuation, 10 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response capitalization, and spelling
Publishing: using a variety of resources including pictures to produce written 11 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response work
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 12 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, instructive, comparative, and contrasting paragraphs
Developing topic sentences, using indention when needed, using supporting 13 Paragraphs 2 Essay: Written Response details
258
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Paragraphs 3 Order in paragraphs, main ideas of paragraphs, using time-ordered words Essay: Written Response
Writing personal narratives and stories with a beginning, middle, and end, 15 Narratives Essay: Written Response narrating events in sequence
16 Letters Writing friendly letters and addressing envelopes Essay: Written Response
17 Journals Using a journal to improve writing skills Essay: Written Response
Writing a description of people, places and events, using adjectives in writing 18 Descriptions Essay: Written Response assignments
19 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, and how Essay: Written Response
20 Titles Writing a title for stories, pictures, poems, and songs Essay: Written Response
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
22 Details Recognizing and using details to enhance and support writing Essay: Written Response
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 23 Book Reports Essay: Written Response the book
24 Sensory Words Using specific words that appeal to the senses Essay: Written Response
25 Biography Identifying a topic, developing details, writing a biographical paragraph Essay: Written Response
26 Autobiography Identifying a topic, developing details, writing an autobiographical paragraph Essay: Written Response
27 Expository Writing Writing a paragraph that explains with facts and examples or gives directions Essay: Written Response
259
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing III Scope & Sequence Grade Level 3
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Comparison and Writing a paragraph showing the similarities and differences among 28 Essay: Written Response Contrast characters, settings or events
29 Ideas and Opinions Writing sentences to express personal ideas and opinions Essay: Written Response
Figurative 30 Reviewing onomatopoeia and alliteration in writing Essay: Written Response Language
Literary Using simple literary conventions in writing: once upon a time, talking 31 Essay: Written Response Conventions animals, enchanted forests, moral of a story
32 Creative Writing 1 Using story starters to begin the writing process Essay: Written Response
Writing poems using rhyming sounds, word patterns, onomatopoeia, and 33 Creative Writing 2 Essay: Written Response alliteration
Accessing information from a variety of sources, using a table of contents, 34 Information Essay: Activity glossary, and index
260
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Writing complete sentences, identifying and using the subject and predicate in 1 Writing Sentences 1 Writing IV sentences
2 Writing Sentences 2 Recognizing sentence fragments and improving sentence writing skills
3 Writing Sentences 3 Identifying run-on sentences Essay: Written Response
4 Sentence Types 1 Recognizing simple and compound sentences
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 5 Sentence Types 2 Essay: Written Response interrogative sentences
6 Writing Process 1 Finding and narrowing a topic Essay: Written Response
7 Writing Process 2 Pre-writing: brainstorming for ideas, using illustrations to generate ideas Essay: Written Response
8 Writing Process 3 Writing: using strategies to produce a writing draft Essay: Written Response
Revising the draft: adding descriptive words, checking the appropriate use of 9 Writing Process 4 Essay: Written Response sentence types and paragraph structure
Proofreading: using a dictionary, editing for grammar, punctuation, 10 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response capitalization, and spelling
Publishing: using a variety of resources using illustrations to produce written 11 Writing Process 6 Essay: Activity work
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs, descriptive, narrative, 12 Paragraphs 1 instructive, comparative, and contrasting paragraphs
Developing topic sentences, using indention when needed, using supporting 13 Paragraphs 2 details
261
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Developing sequence and order in paragraphs, main ideas of paragraphs, 14 Paragraphs 3 Essay: Activity organizing paragraphs
Writing personal narratives and stories with a beginning, middle, and end, 15 Narratives Essay: Written Response narrate events in sequence
16 Letters Writing a friendly letter Essay: Letter Writing
17 Journals Using a journal to improve writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
18 Descriptions Writing a description of people, places and events using observation skills Essay: Written Response
19 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
20 Titles Writing a title for stories and pictures
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
22 Details Recognizing and using details to enhance and support writing Essay: Written Response
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 23 Book Reports Essay: Written Response the book
24 Short Reports Reporting of facts and opinions to use in writing a short report Essay: Activity
25 Sensory Words Using specific words that appeal to the senses Essay: Written Response
Developing an outline for writing a biography, writing a biographical 26 Biography Essay: Written Response paragraph
27 Autobiography Writing an autobiographical paragraph Essay: Written Response
262
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IV Scope & Sequence Grade Level 4
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 28 Expository Writing Writing a paragraph that explains with facts and examples or gives directions Essay: Written Response
Comparison and Writing a paragraph showing the similarities and differences among 29 Essay: Written Response Contrast characters, settings, or events
30 Imagery Writing a description of a vivid event using all the senses Essay: Written Response
31 Analogies Recognizing, making, and using analogies in writing Essay: Written Response
32 Essay Introduction to the essay structure Essay: Written Response
33 Ideas and Opinions Writing sentences to express personal ideas and opinions Essay: Written Response
Literary Using simple literary conventions in writing: once upon a time, talking 34 Essay: Narrative Writing Conventions animals, enchanted forests, moral of a story
Figurative 35 Reviewing onomatopoeia, alliteration, simile, and metaphor Language Review
36 Creative Writing 1 Using story starters to begin the writing process
Writing poems using rhyming sounds, word patterns, onomatopoeia, and 37 Creative Writing 2 Essay: Written Response alliteration
Accessing information from a variety of sources, using a table of contents, 38 Information Essay: Written Response glossary, and index
263
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing 1 Writing Process 1 Essay: EB Learning Material introductions and conclusions
2 Writing Process 2 Writing introductory and concluding sentences Writing V
3 Writing Process 3 Brainstorming, preparing a working outline Essay: Written Response
4 Writing Process 4 Pre-writing: developing the overall focus for the writing selection Essay: Written Response
Writing: using a variety of writing strategies, sequencing ideas, creating a 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response writing draft
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, 6 Writing Process 6 format and sequence and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy of grammar, 7 Writing Process 7 punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
8 Writing Process 8 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Written Response
9 Writing Sentences 1 Identifying the subject and predicate in complete sentences
10 Writing Sentences 2 Identifying and correcting sentence fragments
11 Writing Sentences 3 Identifying and correcting run-on sentences
12 Sentence Types 1 Recognizing simple and compound sentences
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 13 Sentence Types 2 interrogative sentences
264
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 15 Paragraphs 1 narrative, persuasive paragraphs
16 Paragraphs 2 Writing topic sentences in paragraphs
17 Paragraphs 3 Developing the paragraph using supporting details and examples
18 Paragraphs 4 Identifying the concluding sentences in writing examples
Recognizing the chronological sequence, place order, and order of importance 19 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response in paragraphs
Formal-Informal 20 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Language
21 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative Writing
22 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Written Response
23 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Written Response
24 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Written Response
25 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, 26 Letters Essay: EB Learning Material addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes
265
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Comparing and Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 27 Contrasting differences in characters, settings, and events from literature
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, and 28 Library index
29 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, and why Essay: Written Response
30 Summarizing Summarizing written material from a variety of sources Essay: Written Response
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 31 Book Reports the book
Essay: EB Learning Material 32 Short Reports Reporting of facts and events on a variety of topics Written Response
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 33 Sketches 1 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 35 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Written Response situations including reports, letters, journals, and presentations
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, introduction, 36 Essays 1 body, and conclusion
Recognizing the chronological sequence, place order, and order of importance 37 Essays 2 Essay: Written Response in essays
38 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative Writing
266
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing V Scope & Sequence Grade Level 5
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 39 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Written Response
40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Written Response
41 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Written Response
Essay: EB Learning Material 42 Creative Writing 1 Writing a short story Narrative Writing
43 Creative Writing 2 Writing various types of poetry Essay: Written Response
44 Creative Writing 3 Writing a play Essay: Written Response
45 Creative Writing 4 Writing folk literature Essay: Written Response
267
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing Essay: EB Learning Material 1 Writing Process 1 introductions and conclusions Written Response
2 Writing Process 2 Writing introductory and concluding sentences Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Process 3 Brainstorming: preparing a working outline Essay: Written Response
4 Writing Process 4 Pre-writing: developing the overall focus for the writing selection Essay: Written Response
Writing: using a variety of writing strategies, sequencing ideas, creating a 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response writing draft
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response format and sequence, and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 7 Writing Process 7 Writing VI grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
8 Writing Process 8 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences
9 Writing Sentences 1 Writing complete sentences Essay: Written Response
10 Writing Sentences 2 Identifying and correcting sentence fragments Essay: Written Response
11 Writing Sentences 3 Identifying and correcting run-on sentences Essay: Written Response
12 Sentence Types 1 Recognizing simple and compound sentences
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 13 Sentence Types 2 Essay: Written Response interrogative sentences
268
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 15 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, persuasive paragraphs
16 Paragraphs 2 Identifying the topic sentences in writing examples Essay: Written Response
17 Paragraphs 3 Developing a paragraph using supporting details and examples Essay: Written Response
18 Paragraphs 4 Identifying the concluding sentences in writing examples Essay: Written Response
Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 19 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
Formal-Informal 20 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Written Response Language
21 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative Writing
22 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Written Response
23 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Written Response
24 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Written Response
25 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Narrative Writing
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, Essay: EB Learning Material 26 Letters addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes Letter Writing
269
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 27 Analogies differences in persons, places, and things
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, and 28 Library Essay: Written Response index
29 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
Summarizing written material from various sources such as magazines, 30 Summarizing Essay: Written Response journals, and newspapers
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 31 Book Reports Essay: Written Response the book
Essay: EB Learning Material 32 Short Reports Reporting of facts and events on a variety of topics Written Response
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 33 Sketches 1 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 35 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Written Response situations including reports, letters, journals, and presentations
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, introduction, 36 Essays 1 Essay: Written Response body, and conclusion
Extended order in essays: chronological and spatial importance, transitional 37 Essays 2 Essay: Written Response expressions
270
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 6
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 38 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative Writing
39 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Written Response
40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Written Response
41 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Written Response
Essay: EB Learning Material 42 Creative Writing 1 Writing a short story Narrative Writing
43 Creative Writing 2 Writing different types of poetry Essay: Written Response
44 Creative Writing 3 Writing a drama Essay: Written Response
45 Creative Writing 4 Writing folk literature Essay: Written Response
271
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing for a variety Essay: EB Learning Material 1 Writing Process 1 of audiences Letter Writing
2 Writing Process 2 Writing introductions, thesis statements, and conclusions Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Process 3 Brainstorming, preparing a working outline Essay: Written Response
4 Writing Process 4 Pre-writing: developing the overall focus for the writing selection Essay: Written Response
Writing a first draft using a variety of writing strategies, developing ideas, 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response creating a writing draft
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response format and sequence and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 7 Writing Process 7 Essay: Written Response grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
8 Writing Process 8 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Written Response
9 Writing Sentences 1 Recognizing and writing complete sentences Essay: Written Response
10 Writing Sentences 2 Recognizing and correcting sentence fragments Writing VII
11 Writing Sentences 3 Recognizing and correcting run-on sentences
12 Sentence Types 1 Recognizing simple and compound sentences, linking compound sentences Essay: Written Response
Defining, identifying, and using declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and 13 Sentence Types 2 Essay: Written Response interrogative sentences
272
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 14 Journal Writing Using a journal to improve creative thinking and writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing descriptive, expository, narrative, and 15 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response persuasive paragraphs
Identifying the topic sentence, supporting details, and concluding sentence in 16 Paragraphs 2 writing examples
17 Paragraphs 3 Developing the paragraph using sensory, memory, and reflective details Essay: Written Response
18 Paragraphs 4 Identifying the concluding sentences in writing examples Essay: Written Response
Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 19 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
Formal-Informal 20 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Letter Writing Language
21 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative Writing
22 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Written Response
23 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Written Response
24 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Written Response
25 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Narrative Writing
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, Essay: EB Learning Material 26 Letters addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes Letter Writing
273
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 27 Analogies Essay: Written Response differences in characters, settings, and events from literature
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, 28 Library index, encyclopedia, atlas, almanac, and dictionary
29 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
30 Summarizing Summarizing written material from a variety of sources Essay: Written Response
31 Book Reports Identifying the components and the process of writing book reports Essay: Written Response
Essay: EB Learning Material 32 Short Reports Writing a short report using various research materials Activity
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 33 Sketches 1 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
35 Ideas and Opinions Expressing personal ideas and opinions in writing and discussions Essay: Written Response
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis statement, 36 Essays 1 Essay: Written Response introduction, body, and conclusion
Recognizing and using extended chronological and spatial order and 37 Essays 2 Essay: Written Response transitions in essays
38 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative Writing
39 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Written Response
274
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 7
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Written Response
41 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Written Response
Essay: EB Learning Material 42 Creative Writing 1 Writing a short story using the required elements Narrative Writing
43 Creative Writing 2 Recognizing and composing different forms of poetry Essay: Written Response
Recognizing the aspects of drama by learning the components of writing and 44 Creative Writing 3 Essay: Written Response producing a play
Recognizing and writing folk literature including folk tales, myths, legends, 45 Creative Writing 4 Essay: Written Response and fables
275
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities An overview of the five-step writing process: prewriting, drafting, revising, 1 Writing Process 1 Essay: Written Response editing, and publishing,
Identifying the purpose and audience for a writing selection, selecting and 2 Writing Process 2 Essay: Written Response narrowing a topic
Learning and using different prewriting strategies including freewriting, 3 Writing Process 3 Essay: Written Response brainstorming, preparing a working outline
Writing the first draft using prewriting notes, lists, freewrites and clusters, 4 Writing Process 4 Essay: Written Response determining a topic, purpose, and audience for a writing selection
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response format and sequence, and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
7 Writing Process 7 Publishing a writing selection for a specific audience Essay: Letter Writing
8 Writing Process 8 Using research skills to develop supporting details for writing selections Essay: Research
Review: parts of a sentence, subjects, predicates, clauses, phrases, and 9 Writing Sentences 1 Essay: Written Response punctuation
10 Writing Sentences 2 Identifying and writing simple and compound sentences Essay: Written Response
11 Writing Sentences 3 Distinguishing between complete sentences and sentence fragments Writing VIII
Recognizing declarative, imperative, exclamatory, and interrogative sentences 12 Sentence Types 1 and their purposes
276
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Identifying and using subordinate phrases within sentences including 13 Sentence Types 2 prepositional, participial, gerund, infinitive and appositive phrases
14 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 15 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, and persuasive paragraphs
Identifying the structure of a paragraph and the topic sentences in writing 16 Paragraphs 2 examples
Developing various types of paragraphs using the topic sentence and 17 Paragraphs 3 Essay: Written Response supporting details
18 Paragraphs 4 Identifying and writing the concluding sentences in paragraphs Essay: Written Response
Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 19 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
Formal-Informal 20 Using appropriate formal and informal words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Written Response Language
21 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative Writing
22 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Written Response
23 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Written Response
24 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Written Response
25 Story Endings Writing story endings for a variety of writing examples Essay: Written Response
277
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, Essay: EB Learning Material 26 Letters addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes Letter Writing
Using analogies to explain, describe or persuade by comparing a complex 27 Analogies Essay: Written Response process to something simple and easy to understand
Using library references to access information; using an encyclopedia, atlas, 28 Library Essay: Written Response book index, and the Reader/s Guide
29 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
30 Summarizing Summarizing written material from various sources Essay: Written Response
Writing a summary of a book using different methods including the traditional 31 Book Reports book report, journal entry, friendly letter, interview, resume, character Essay: Written Response presentation, or newspaper article
Reporting of facts and events from primary and secondary sources, surveys, Essay: EB Learning Material 32 Short Reports and interviews in a short report form Written Response
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 33 Sketches 1 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Expressing ideas and opinions in personal journals, reports, letters, and 35 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Written Response poems
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis statement, 36 Essays 1 Essay: Written Response introduction, body, and conclusion
278
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing VIII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 8
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Extended order in essays: chronological and spatial importance, transitional 37 Essays 2 expressions
Writing a narrative essay with a thesis statement, characters, setting, actions, 38 Essays 3 Essay: Narrative Writing a beginning, middle, and end
Writing an expository essay using facts and figures, examples, analysis of a 39 Essays 4 Essay: Written Response process, comparison/contrast, definition, classification, and cause and effect
40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay, using sensory words and figures of speech Essay: Written Response
Writing a persuasive essay identifying a problem and offering a solution, using 41 Essays 6 Essay: Written Response persuasion to call for action
Writing a short story using the elements of setting, main character, conflict, Essay: EB Learning Material 42 Creative Writing 1 scenes or episodes, a climax, and end Narrative Writing
Writing various types of poetry including haiku, limerick, concrete, and 43 Creative Writing 2 Essay: Written Response formula-based poems
Identifying the aspects of drama by learning the components of writing and 44 Creative Writing 3 Essay: Written Response producing a play
Identifying and writing various types of folk literature including folk tales, 45 Creative Writing 4 Essay: Written Response fairy tales, fables, legends, and myths
279
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing Essay: EB Learning Material 1 Writing Process 1 introductions and conclusions Written Response
2 Writing Process 2 Writing introductory and concluding sentences Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Process 3 Focusing on the purpose of writing, developing a strong topic sentence Essay: Written Response
Developing the main focus of writing, sequencing, using transitional words 4 Writing Process 4 Writing IX and phrases
Revising a writing draft: using different writing styles, correcting sentence 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response structure
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Expository grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
7 Writing Process 7 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Expository
8 Writing Sentences Recognizing complete sentences, avoiding fragment and run-on sentences
Reviewing the basic sentence types: simple, compound, complex sentences; 9 Sentence Types Essay: Activity improving writing style and form
10 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 11 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, persuasive paragraphs
Identifying the topic sentence, supporting and concluding sentences in writing 12 Paragraphs 2 Essay: Written Response samples
13 Paragraphs 3 Developing the paragraph using supporting details and examples Essay: Expository
280
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 14 Paragraphs 4 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
Identifying the structure in Expository Writing: cause and effect, definition, 15 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response classification, and process.
Formal/Informal 16 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Written Response Language
17 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative
18 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Expository
19 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Descriptive
20 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Persuasive
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Narrative
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, 22 Letters Essay: Letter Writing addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes
Using analogies to explain, describe or persuade by comparing a complex 23 Analogies Essay: Written Response process to something simple and easy to understand
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, and 24 Library Essay: Activity index
25 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Narrative
Summarizing written material from various sources such as magazines, 26 Summarizing Essay: Written Response journals, and newspapers
281
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
Writing a brief summary of a book, providing an opinion about the quality of 27 Book Reports Essay: Short Report the book
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 28 Sketches 1 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 29 Sketches 2 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 30 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Persuasive situations, reports, stories, letters, poetry, journals, and presentations
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, introduction, 31 Essays 1 Essay: Expository body, and conclusion
Extended order in essays: chronological and spatial importance, transitional 32 Essays 2 Essay: Expository expressions
33 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative
34 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Expository
35 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Descriptive
36 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Persuasive
37 Essay Tests Constructing and completing essay test questions Essay: Written Response
38 Creative Writing 1 Writing short stories Essay: Narrative
39 Creative Writing 2 Writing poetry Essay: Written Response
282
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing IX Scope & Sequence Grade Level 9
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities
40 Creative Writing 3 Writing drama Essay: Written Response
41 Creative Writing 4 Writing folk literature Essay: Written Response
283
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 1 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Essay: EB Learning Material 2 Writing Process 1 Using writing strategies to generate ideas Expository
3 Writing Process 2 Identifying the audience, organizing text, preparing a working outline Essay: Narrative
4 Writing Process 3 Writing a first draft of text using prewriting and organizing as a guide Essay: Narrative
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, Writing X 5 Writing Process 4 Essay: Activity format and sequence, and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 6 Writing Process 5 Essay: Narrative grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
7 Writing Process 6 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Written Response
Writing complete sentences, correcting sentence fragments and run-on 8 Writing Sentences Essay: Journal Writing sentences
9 Sentence Types Recognizing simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentences Essay: Journal Writing
Review of paragraph structure: topic sentence, supporting statements, 10 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Expository concluding sentence
11 Paragraphs 2 Developing the paragraph using supporting details and examples Essay: Expository
Identifying and creating paragraphs using cause and effect, process, and 12 Paragraphs 3 Essay: Expository classification
Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 13 Paragraphs 4 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
284
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Formal-Informal 14 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Written Response Language
15 Paragraphs 5 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative
16 Paragraphs 6 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Expository
17 Paragraphs 7 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Descriptive
18 Paragraphs 8 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Persuasive
Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 19 Analogies Essay: Written Response differences in characters, settings, and events from literature
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, 20 Correspondence Essay: Letter Writing addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes
Creating a resume, gathering personal information, revising, and proofing the 21 Resumes Essay: Written Response resume
Developing and using a personal learning log using the strategies of 22 Learning Logs Essay: Written Response questioning, evaluating, and predicting
23 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Narrative Writing
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, and 24 Library Essay: Activity index
25 Using Sources Locating and documenting various writing and research sources Essay: Expository
Summarizing written material from various sources such as magazines, 26 Summarizing Essay: Written Response journals, and newspapers
285
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 27 Short Reports Reporting facts and events on a variety of topics Essay: Short Report
Identifying and creating structural elements in essays, including the thesis 28 Essay Structure Essay: Written Response statement, introduction, body, conclusion, and transitional phrases
Organizing the Developing and organizing essay material addressing chronological and spatial 29 Essay: Activity Essay order
30 Essays 1 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative
31 Essays 2 Writing an expository essay Essay: Expository
32 Essays 3 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Descriptive
33 Essays 4 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Persuasive
Essay: Research Plan 34 Research Creating a research essay using documented sources Writing
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 35 Sketches 1 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 36 Sketches 2 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 37 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Written Response situations, reports, stories, letters, poetry, journals, and presentations
Writing a literary analysis expressing an opinion of the quality of a book or 38 Literary Analysis Essay: Written Response movie
39 Essay Tests Constructing and completing answers to essay test questions Essay: Expository
286
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing X Scope & Sequence Grade Level 10
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 40 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Narrative
41 Creative Writing 1 Writing short stories Essay: Descriptive
42 Creative Writing 2 Writing poetry Essay: Written Response
43 Creative Writing 3 Writing drama Essay: Written Response
44 Creative Writing 4 Writing folk literature Essay: Written Response
287
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing Essay: EB Learning Material 1 Writing Process 1 introductions, and conclusions Persuasive
2 Writing Process 2 Brainstorming, preparing a working outline Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Process 3 Pre-writing, developing the overall focus for the writing selection Essay: Written Response
Writing: using a variety of writing strategies, sequencing ideas, creating a 4 Writing Process 4 Essay: Written Response draft
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, Writing XI 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Activity format and sequence, and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Activity grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
7 Writing Process 7 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Activity
Writing complete sentences, identifying and correcting sentence fragments 8 Writing Sentences Essay: Written Response and run-on sentences
9 Sentence Types Recognizing simple, complex, and compound sentences Essay: Written Response
10 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 11 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, persuasive paragraphs
12 Paragraphs 2 Identifying the topic sentences in writing examples Essay: Written Response
13 Paragraphs 3 Developing the paragraph using supporting details and examples Essay: Written Response
288
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 14 Paragraphs 4 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions
Methods of structure in Expository Writing: cause/effect, definitions, 15 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Expository classification, and process
Formal-Informal 16 Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections Essay: Written Response Language
17 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative
18 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Expository
19 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Descriptive
20 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Persuasive
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, 22 Correspondence Essay: Letter Writing addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes
23 Writing Resumes Preparing a resume for job, scholarship, and college applications Essay: Written Response
Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 24 Analogies Essay: Compare/Contrast differences in characters, settings, and events from literature
Use a library to access information; use a table of contents, glossary, and 25 Library Essay: Activity index
26 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Written Response
289
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Developing a learning technique that includes the strategies of questioning, 27 Learning Logs Essay: Written Response evaluating, and predicting
28 Summarizing Summarizing and paraphrasing without plagiarism Essay: Written Response
Discussing the process of documenting and preparing the Works Cited page 29 Sources Essay: Expository for a research paper
30 Literary Analysis Analyzing various pieces of literature Essay: Written Response
31 Short Reports Writing short reports using information gathered from field research Essay: Short Report
Essay: Research Plan 32 Research Paper Identifying the fundamentals of writing a research paper Writing
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and Essay: Narrative 33 Sketches 1 sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 35 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Persuasive situations, reports, stories, letters, poetry, journals, and presentations
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, introduction, 36 Essays 1 Essay: Written Response body, and conclusion
Extended order in essays: chronological and spatial importance, transitional 37 Essays 2 Essay: Activity expressions
38 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative
290
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XI Scope & Sequence Grade Level 11
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 39 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Expository
40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Descriptive
41 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Persuasive
42 Essay Tests Organizing information to answer essay test questions Essay: Written Response
Writing a short story using the elements of plot, characterization, setting, and 43 Creative Writing 1 Essay: Narrative theme
44 Creative Writing 2 Identifying various forms of poetry, writing poetry Essay: Written Response
45 Creative Writing 3 Discussing the elements of drama, writing a scene Essay: Written Response
Recognizing folklore elements, including mysteries, myths, tall-tales, legends, 46 Creative Writing 4 Essay: Written Response ballads, and fables
291
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Selecting and narrowing a topic, identifying the audience, writing Essay: EB Learning Material 1 Writing Process 1 introductions and conclusions Written Response
2 Writing Process 2 Brainstorming a topic, preparing a working outline Essay: Written Response
3 Writing Process 3 Pre-writing, developing the overall focus for the writing selection Essay: Written Response
Writing: using a variety of writing strategies, sequencing ideas, creating a 4 Writing Process 4 Essay: Written Response writing draft
Revising: use a variety of techniques to draft and revise the organization, 5 Writing Process 5 Essay: Written Response format and sequence, and create a new draft of the writing selection
Proofreading: checking the writing selection for accuracy in regard to 6 Writing Process 6 Essay: Written Response grammar, punctuation, capitalization, and spelling
7 Writing Process 7 Publishing the writing selection for specific audiences Essay: Activity
Writing complete sentences: identifying and correcting sentence fragments 8 Writing Sentences Essay: Written Response and run-on sentences
9 Sentence Types Recognizing simple, compound, and complex sentences Essay: Written Response
10 Journal Writing Using a journal to enhance writing skills Essay: Journal Writing
Definition and examples of writing paragraphs: descriptive, expository, 11 Paragraphs 1 Essay: Written Response narrative, persuasive paragraphs
12 Paragraphs 2 Identifying the topic sentences in writing examples Essay: Written Response
13 Paragraphs 3 Developing the paragraph using supporting details and examples Essay: Expository
292
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Extended order in paragraphs: chronological and spatial importance, 14 Paragraphs 4 Essay: Written Response transitional expressions.
Identifying types of structure such as comparison/contrast, problem and 15 Paragraphs 5 Essay: Written Response solution, cause and effect, definition, process, and classification
Formal-Informal Using appropriate words and phrases in writing selections for different 16 Essay: Written Response Language audiences
17 Paragraphs 6 Writing a narrative paragraph Essay: Narrative
18 Paragraphs 7 Writing an expository paragraph Essay: Expository
19 Paragraphs 8 Writing a descriptive paragraph Essay: Descriptive
20 Paragraphs 9 Writing a persuasive paragraph Essay: Persuasive
21 Story Endings Writing story endings, finishing incomplete stories, and writing sequels Essay: Written Response
Writing friendly letters, including the greeting, date, address, and closing, 22 Letters Essay: Letter Writing addressing letters, writing business letters, and addressing envelopes
23 Resumes Preparing a resume for job, scholarship, and college applications Essay: Written Response
Recognizing and using comparison and contrast to show the similarities and 24 Analogies Essay: Compare/Contrast differences in characters, settings, and events from literature
Using a library to access information; using a table of contents, glossary, and 25 Library Essay: Activity index
26 Newspaper Stories Writing a newspaper story using who, what, where, when, why, and how Essay: Narrative
293
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities Developing a learning log that includes the strategies of questioning, 27 Learning Logs Essay: Written Response evaluating, and predicting
Summarizing written material from various sources such as magazines, 28 Summarizing Essay: Written Response journals, and newspapers
Learning to cite information from formal and informal sources including 29 Sources Essay: Written Response speeches, magazines, books, and newspapers
Writing a literary analysis of a piece of literature and providing an opinion on 30 Literary Analysis Essay: Written Response the quality of work
31 Short Reports Reporting of facts and events on a wide range of topics Essay: Short Report
Writing a Research Essay: Research Plan 32 Writing a research paper using a variety of documented sources Paper Writing
Creating biographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 33 Sketches 1 Essay: Narrative sequencing techniques
Creating autobiographical sketches, using appropriate narrative strategies and 34 Sketches 2 Essay: Written Response sequencing techniques
Expressing personal ideas and opinions in class discussions or individual 35 Ideas and Opinions Essay: Written Response situations, reports, stories, letters, poetry, journals, and presentations
Identifying and using the essay structure including the thesis, introduction, 36 Essays 1 Essay: Written Response body, and conclusion
Extended order in essays: chronological and spatial importance, transitional 37 Essays 2 Essay: Written Response expressions
294
A+nyWhere Learning System Writing XII Scope & Sequence Grade Level 12
Lesson Title Lesson Content Activities 38 Essays 3 Writing a narrative essay Essay: Narrative
39 Essays 4 Writing an expository essay Essay: Expository
40 Essays 5 Writing a descriptive essay Essay: Descriptive
41 Essays 6 Writing a persuasive essay Essay: Persuasive
42 Essay Tests Constructing and completing essay test questions. Essay: Written Response
43 Creative Writing 1 Writing short stories Essay: Narrative
44 Creative Writing 2 Writing poetry Essay: Written Response
45 Creative Writing 3 Writing drama Essay: Written Response
46 Creative Writing 4 Writing folk literature Essay: Written Response
295
A+nyWhere Learning System Teachers’ Guide
Language Arts Keyboard Companion I–VI Grade Levels 3–12
A+LS Language Arts Keyboard Companion I–VI introduces students to a variety of topics including:
• practice in the proper use of sentence structure • sentence combination • use of proper grammar in writing • development of student reading, comprehension, analytic, keyboard, and problem-solving skills • written (keyboard) responses to various problems • modifying model paragraphs through specific instructions • writing conventions • proper use of nouns and pronouns • subject/verb agreement • verb tenses • practice with proper English syntax and spoken grammar • reinforcement of oral language conventions • improved keyboard skills • changing questions into statements • movement of auxiliary verb position • use of contractions • plural and singular nouns • compound verbs • correct punctuation
296
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Singular-Plural 1 Rewriting exercise changing singular nouns to plural nouns.
2 Singular-Plural 2 Students rewrite paragraphs changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
3 Singular-Plural 3 Students rewrite paragraphs changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
4 Singular-Plural 4 Students rewrite paragraphs changing singular nouns to plural nouns.
5 Singular-Plural 5 Students rewrite paragraphs changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
6 Singular-Plural 6 Students rewrite paragraphs changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Students rewrite paragraphs changing plural nouns to singular nouns, changing the spelling of 7 Singular-Plural 7 words.
Students rewrite paragraphs changing singular nouns to plural nouns, changing the spelling of 8 Singular-Plural 8 singular words
9 Nouns and Pronouns 1 Students rewrite a paragraph changing noun phrases to pronouns.
10 Nouns and Pronouns 2 Students rewrite a paragraph changing noun phrases to pronouns.
11 Nouns and Pronouns 3 Students rewrite a paragraph changing noun phrases to pronouns.
12 Nouns and Pronouns 4 Students rewrite a paragraph changing noun phrases to pronouns.
13 Nouns and Pronouns 5 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to pronouns.
14 Nouns and Pronouns 6 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
15 Nouns and Pronouns 7 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
297
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
16 Nouns and Pronouns 8 Students rewrite a paragraph changing third person nouns to first person nouns.
17 Nouns and Pronouns 9 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns to pronouns.
18 Nouns and Pronouns 10 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
19 Nouns and Pronouns 11 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns to pronouns.
20 Nouns and Pronouns 12 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns to pronouns.
21 Nouns and Pronouns 13 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
22 Nouns and Pronouns 14 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
23 Nouns and Pronouns 15 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
24 Nouns and Pronouns 16 Students rewrite a paragraph changing nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
Students rewrite a paragraph changing the gender of the subject and matching the pronouns to 25 Nouns and Pronouns 17 gender.
Students rewrite a paragraph changing the gender of the subject and matching the pronouns to 26 Nouns and Pronouns 18 gender.
27 Nouns and Pronouns 19 Students rewrite a paragraph changing first person pronouns to nouns.
Students rewrite a paragraph changing singular nouns to plural nouns and changing pronouns to 28 Nouns and Pronouns 20 match subject.
29 Nouns and Pronouns 21 Students rewrite a paragraph changing first person pronouns to plural nouns.
298
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
30 Nouns and Pronouns 22 Students rewrite a paragraph changing first person pronouns to plural nouns.
Students rewrite a paragraph changing third person singular pronouns to third person plural 31 Nouns and Pronouns 23 pronouns.
32 Nouns and Pronouns 24 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
33 Nouns and Pronouns 25 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
34 Nouns and Pronouns 26 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
35 Nouns and Pronouns 27 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
36 Nouns and Pronouns 28 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
37 Nouns and Pronouns 29 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
38 Nouns and Pronouns 30 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
39 Nouns and Pronouns 31 Students rewrite a paragraph changing plural nouns to singular nouns.
40 Nouns and Pronouns 32 Students change plural nouns to singular pronouns, changing pronouns to agree with subject.
41 Nouns and Pronouns 33 Students change nouns to possessive pronouns.
42 Nouns and Pronouns 34 Students change proper nouns to possessive pronouns.
43 Nouns and Pronouns 35 Students change proper nouns to possessive pronouns.
44 Nouns and Pronouns 36 Students change possessive pronouns agree with subject.
299
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
45 Nouns and Pronouns 37 Students change first person possessive pronouns to third person possessive pronouns.
46 Nouns and Pronouns 38 Students change masculine possessive pronouns to feminine possessive pronouns.
47 Nouns and Pronouns 39 Students change proper nouns to third person possessive pronouns.
48 Nouns and Pronouns 40 Students change proper nouns to third person possessive pronouns.
49 Nouns and Pronouns 41 Students change third person masculine pronouns to third person feminine pronouns.
50 Nouns and Pronouns 42 Students change third person possessive pronouns to first person possessive pronouns.
51 Nouns and Pronouns 43 Students change proper nouns to plural possessive pronouns.
52 Nouns and Pronouns 44 Students change first person pronouns to third person pronouns.
53 Nouns and Pronouns 45 Students change third person possessive pronouns to agree with subject.
54 Nouns and Pronouns 46 Students change singular pronouns to plural pronouns.
Subject-Verb Agreement 55 Students change third person noun to first person pronoun. 1
Subject-Verb Agreement 56 Students change first person noun to agree with subject. 2
Subject-Verb Agreement 57 Students change third person singular noun to third person plural pronouns. 3
Subject-Verb Agreement 58 Students change third person singular nouns to third person plural pronouns. 4
300
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Subject-Verb Agreement 59 Students change third person plural pronouns to third person singular pronouns 5
Subject-Verb Agreement 60 Students change plural to singular nouns, match verbs and pronouns. 6
Subject-Verb Agreement 61 Students change first person singular noun to third person singular noun. 7
Subject-Verb Agreement 62 Students change third person singular nouns to first person singular pronouns. 8
Subject-Verb Agreement 63 Students change plural nouns to singular pronouns. 9
Subject-Verb Agreement 64 Students change third person singular nouns to first person singular pronouns. 10
Subject-Verb Agreement 65 Students change third person singular nouns to third person plural nouns. 11
Subject-Verb Agreement 66 Students change first person singular pronouns to third person singular pronouns. 12
Subject-Verb Agreement 67 Students change first person singular pronouns to third person plural pronouns. 13
Subject-Verb Agreement 68 Students change third person singular pronouns to third person plural pronouns. 14
Subject-Verb Agreement 69 Students change third person singular noun to third person plural pronouns. 15
301
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
70 Verb Tense 1 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
71 Verb Tense 2 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
72 Verb Tense 3 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
73 Verb Tense 4 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
74 Verb Tense 5 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
75 Verb Tense 6 Students change past to present tense, changing time referent.
76 Verb Tense 7 Students change past to present tense, changing time referent.
77 Verb Tense 8 Students change past to present tense, changing time referent.
78 Verb Tense 9 Students change plural past to singular past.
79 Verb Tense 10 Students change plural past to singular past.
80 Verb Tense 11 Students change past perfect to present perfect, adding time referent.
81 Verb Tense 12 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
82 Verb Tense 13 Students change past to present tense, adding time referent.
83 Verb Tense 14 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
84 Verb Tense 15 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
85 Verb Tense 16 Students change present to past, using plurals, adding time referent.
302
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion I Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
86 Verb Tense 17 Students change plural present to plural past, changing spelling.
87 Verb Tense 18 Students change present to past, adding time referent.
88 Verb Tense 19 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
89 Verb Tense 20 Students change present to past tense, adding time referent.
303
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion II Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Positive and Negative 1 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
2 Positive and Negative 2 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
3 Positive and Negative 3 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
4 Positive and Negative 4 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
5 Positive and Negative 5 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
6 Positive and Negative 6 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
7 Positive and Negative 7 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
8 Positive and Negative 8 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
Questions & Statements Language Arts Keyboard Companion II 9 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 1
Questions & Statements 10 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 2
Questions & Statements 11 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 3
Questions & Statements 12 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 4
Questions & Statements 13 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 5
Questions & Statements 14 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 6
304
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion II Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Questions & Statements 15 Students change statement to question, changing verb position. 7
Questions & Statements 16 Students change question to statement, changing verb position. 8
Questions & Statements 17 Students change question to statement changing verb position. 9
Questions & Statements 18 Students change statement to question changing verb position. 10
Questions & Statements 19 Students change question to statement, moving auxiliary verb. 11
Questions & Statements 20 Students change statement to question changing verb position. 12
Questions & Statements 21 Students change statement to question changing verb position. 13
Questions & Statements 22 Students change statement to question changing verb position. 14
Questions & Statements 23 Students change statement to question changing verb position. 15
Questions & Statements 24 Students change question to statement, moving auxiliary verb. 16
Questions & Statements 25 Students change question to statement, moving auxiliary verb. 17
305
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion II Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Questions & Statements 26 Students change question to statement, moving auxiliary verb. 18
Questions & Statements 27 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 19
Questions & Statements 28 Students change question to statement. 20
Questions & Statements 29 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 21
Questions & Statements 30 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 22
Questions & Statements 31 Students change question to statement. 23
Questions & Statements 32 Students change statement to question. 24
Questions & Statements 33 Students change statement to question. 25
Questions & Statements 34 Students change statement to question. 26
Questions & Statements 35 Students change question to statement, changing verb. 27
Questions & Statements 36 Students change question to statement. 28
37 Sentence Construction 1 Students construct correct sentences from words.
306
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion II Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
38 Sentence Construction 2 Students construct correct sentences from words.
39 Sentence Construction 3 Students construct correct sentences from words.
40 Sentence Construction 4 Students construct correct sentences from words.
41 Sentence Construction 5 Students construct correct sentences from words.
42 Sentence Construction 6 Students construct correct sentences from words.
43 Sentence Construction 7 Students construct correct sentences from words.
44 Sentence Construction 8 Students construct correct sentences from words.
45 Sentence Construction 9 Students construct correct sentences from words.
46 Sentence Construction 10 Students construct correct sentences from words.
47 Sentence Construction 11 Students construct correct sentences from words.
48 Sentence Construction 12 Students construct correct sentences from words.
49 Sentence Construction 13 Students construct correct sentences from words.
50 Sentence Construction 14 Students construct correct sentences from words.
51 Sentence Combination 1 Students combine sentences, adding /and/ where necessary.
52 Sentence Combination 2 Students combine sentences, adding /and/ where necessary.
53 Sentence Combination 3 Students combine sentences, adding /but/ where necessary.
307
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion II Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 3–5
Lesson Title Lesson Content
54 Sentence Combination 4 Students combine sentences, adding /and/ or /but/ where necessary.
55 Sentence Combination 5 Students combine sentences, adding /and/ where necessary.
56 Sentence Combination 6 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
57 Sentence Combination 7 Students combine sentences, adding /and/ where necessary.
58 Sentence Combination 8 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
59 Sentence Combination 9 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
60 Sentence Combination 10 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
61 Sentence Combination 11 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
62 Sentence Combination 12 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
63 Sentence Combination 13 Students combine two sentences with compound subject, changing verb to agree with subject.
64 Sentence Combination 14 Students combine sentences, adding correct punctuation.
65 Sentence Combination 15 Students combine four sentences into two sentences, compound predicate, adding and/or.
308
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion III Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Singular-Plural 1 Students change singular to plural.
2 Singular-Plural 2 Students change plural nouns to singular nouns, adding articles.
3 Singular-Plural 3 Students change singular nouns to plural nouns.
4 Singular-Plural 4 Students change singular nouns to plural nouns.
5 Singular-Plural 5 Students change indefinite amounts to specified quantities.
6 Singular-Plural 6 Student change indefinite amounts to specified quantities.
7 Singular-Plural 7 Students use /much/ or /many/ to change indefinite amounts to specified quantities.
8 Nouns and Pronouns 1 Students change noun phrases to pronouns.
9 Nouns and Pronouns 2 Students change masculine pronouns to feminine pronouns.
10 Nouns and Pronouns 3 Students change plural nouns to pronouns.
11 Nouns and Pronouns 4 Students change noun phrases to pronouns.
12 Nouns and Pronouns 5 Students change pronouns to agree with subject.
13 Nouns and Pronouns 6 Students change singular nouns to plural pronouns.
14 Nouns and Pronouns 7 Students change noun phrases to pronouns.
15 Nouns and Pronouns 8 Students change pronouns to agree with subject.
16 Nouns and Pronouns 9 Students change singular nouns to plural pronouns.
309
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion III Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
17 Nouns and Pronouns 10 Students change pronouns to agree with subject.
18 Nouns and Pronouns 11 Students change pronouns to agree with subject.
Subject-Verb Agreement Language Arts Keyboard Companion III 19 Students change plural pronouns to singular pronouns. 1
Subject-Verb Agreement 20 Students change singular nouns to plural pronouns. 2
Subject-Verb Agreement 21 Students change plural nouns to singular nouns. 3
Subject-Verb Agreement 22 Students change singular to plural nouns. 4
Subject-Verb Agreement 23 Students change singular nouns to plural pronouns. 5
Subject-Verb Agreement 24 Students change third person noun to first person pronoun. 6
Subject-Verb Agreement 25 Students change third person noun to first person pronoun. 7
Subject-Verb Agreement 26 Students change first person pronouns to third person noun. 8
Subject-Verb Agreement 27 Students change plural to singular nouns. 9
310
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion III Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Subject-Verb Agreement 28 Students change plural to singular nouns. 10
29 Verb Tense 1 Students change present to past tense, changing time and matching verbs.
30 Verb Tense 2 Students change present to past tense, changing time and matching verbs.
31 Verb Tense 3 Students change present to past tense, changing time and matching verbs.
32 Verb Tense 4 Students change present to past tense, changing time and matching verbs.
33 Verb Tense 5 Students change past to present tense, matching time and verb.
34 Verb Tense 6 Students change past to present tense, matching time and verb.
35 Verb Tense 7 Students change past to present tense, matching time and verb.
36 Verb Tense 8 Students change present to past tense, matching time and verb.
37 Verb Tense 9 Students change present to past tense, matching time and verb.
38 Verb Tense 10 Students change present to past tense, matching time and verb.
39 Verb Tense 11 Students change present to past tense, matching time and verb.
311
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Positive and Negative 1 Students change positive statement to negative statement.
2 Positive and Negative 2 Students change positive statement to negative statement.
3 Positive and Negative 3 Students change positive statement to negative statement.
4 Positive and Negative 4 Students change positive statement to negative statement.
5 Positive and Negative 5 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
6 Positive and Negative 6 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
7 Positive and Negative 7 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
8 Positive and Negative 8 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
9 Positive and Negative 9 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
10 Positive and Negative 10 Students change positive statement to negative statement, using contractions.
Questions and Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV 11 Students change statement to question, moving verb. Statements 1
Questions & Statements 12 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 2
Questions & Statements 13 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 3
Questions & Statements 14 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 4
312
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Questions & Statements 15 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 5
Questions & Statements 16 Students change question to statement, moving auxiliary verb. 6
Questions & Statements 17 Students change statement to question, moving verb. 7
Questions & Statements 18 Students change statement to question. 8
Questions & Statements 19 Students change questions to statement. 9
Questions & Statements 20 Students change questions to statement. 10
21 Sentence Construction 1 Students create sentence from word list.
22 Sentence Construction 2 Students create sentence from word list.
23 Sentence Construction 3 Students create sentence from word list.
24 Sentence Construction 4 Students create sentence from word list.
25 Sentence Construction 5 Students combine sentences.
26 Sentence Combination 1 Students combine sentences.
27 Sentence Combination 2 Students combine sentences.
313
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion IV Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 6–8
Lesson Title Lesson Content
28 Sentence Combination 3 Students combine sentences.
29 Sentence Combination 4 Students combine sentences.
30 Sentence Combination 5 Students combine sentences.
31 Sentence Combination 6 Students combine sentences.
32 Sentence Combination 7 Students combine sentences.
33 Sentence Combination 8 Students combine sentences.
34 Sentence Combination 9 Students combine sentences.
35 Sentence Combination 10 Students combine sentences.
36 Sentence Combination 11 Students combine sentences.
37 Sentence Combination 12 Students combine sentences.
38 Sentence Combination 13 Students combine sentences.
39 Sentence Combination 14 Students combine sentences.
40 Sentence Combination 15 Students combine sentences.
314
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion V Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Singular-Plural 1 Students change singular nouns to plural nouns, changing spelling.
2 Singular-Plural 2 Students change plural nouns to singular nouns, changing spelling.
3 Singular-Plural 3 Students change singular nouns to plural nouns, changing spelling.
4 Singular-Plural 4 Students change plural nouns to singular nouns, changing spelling.
5 Singular-Plural 5 Students add quantities to nouns.
6 Singular-Plural 6 Students add quantities to nouns.
7 Singular-Plural 7 Students fill in blanks with /much/ or /many/.
8 Singular-Plural 8 Students fill in blanks with /much/ or /many/.
9 Nouns and Pronouns 1 Students change noun phrases to pronouns.
10 Nouns and Pronouns 2 Students change nouns to pronouns.
11 Nouns and Pronouns 3 Students change proper nouns to pronouns.
12 Nouns and Pronouns 4 Students change singular to plural nouns.
13 Nouns and Pronouns 5 Students change nouns to pronouns.
14 Nouns and Pronouns 6 Students change nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
15 Nouns and Pronouns 7 Students change nouns and noun phrases to pronouns.
16 Nouns and Pronouns 8 Students change proper nouns to pronouns.
315
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion V Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
17 Nouns and Pronouns 9 Students change plural to singular nouns.
18 Nouns and Pronouns 10 Students change proper nouns to pronouns.
19 Nouns and Pronouns 11 Students complete blanks using who or whom.
20 Nouns and Pronouns 12 Students complete blanks using who or whom.
Subject-Verb Agreement Language Arts Keyboard Companion V 21 Students change pronouns to nouns. 1
Subject-Verb Agreement 22 Students change pronouns to nouns. 2
Subject-Verb Agreement 23 Students change plural to singular nouns. 3
Subject-Verb Agreement 24 Students change plural to singular nouns. 4
Subject-Verb Agreement 25 Students change plural to singular nouns. 5
Subject-Verb Agreement 26 Students change nouns to pronouns. 6
Subject-Verb Agreement 27 Students change plural to singular nouns. 7
Subject-Verb Agreement 28 Students change plural to singular nouns. 8
316
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion V Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
Subject-Verb Agreement 29 Students change singular to plural nouns. 9
Subject-Verb Agreement 30 Students change singular to plural nouns. 10
31 Verb Tense 1 Students change present to past tense.
32 Verb Tense 1 Students change present to past tense.
33 Verb Tense 3 Students change present to past tense.
34 Verb Tense 4 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
35 Verb Tense 5 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
36 Verb Tense 6 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
37 Verb Tense 7 Students change tense of irregular verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
38 Verb Tense 8 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
39 Verb Tense 9 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
40 Verb Tense 10 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
41 Verb Tense 11 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
42 Verb Tense 12 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
43 Verb Tense 13 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
317
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion V Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
44 Verb Tense 14 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
45 Verb Tense 15 Students change tense of verb, adding time referent, if necessary.
318
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
1 Positive and Negative 1 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
2 Positive and Negative 2 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
3 Positive and Negative 3 Students change positive statements to negative statements.
Questions & Statements Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI 4 Students change statements to questions, moving verb. 1
Questions & Statements 5 Students change statements to questions, moving verb. 2
Questions & Statements 6 Students change statement to question. 3
Questions & Statements 7 Students change questions to statement. 4
Questions & Statements 8 Students change questions to statement. 5
Questions & Statements 9 Students change questions to statement. 6
10 Sentence Construction 1 Students construct sentences from word lists.
11 Sentence Construction 2 Students construct sentences from word lists.
12 Sentence Construction 3 Students construct sentences from word lists.
13 Sentence Construction 4 Students construct sentences from word lists.
319
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
14 Sentence Construction 5 Students construct sentences from word lists.
15 Sentence Construction 6 Students construct sentences from word lists.
16 Sentence Construction 7 Students construct sentences from word lists.
17 Sentence Construction 8 Students construct sentences from word lists.
18 Sentence Combination 1 Students construct correctly punctuated paragraphs.
19 Sentence Combination 2 Students construct correctly punctuated paragraphs.
20 Sentence Combination 3 Students construct correctly punctuated paragraphs.
21 Sentence Combination 4 Students construct correctly punctuated paragraphs.
22 Sentence Combination 5 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
23 Sentence Combination 6 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
24 Sentence Combination 7 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
25 Sentence Combination 8 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
26 Sentence Combination 9 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
27 Sentence Combination 10 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
28 Sentence Combination 11 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
29 Sentence Combination 12 Students combine sentences using correct punctuation.
320
A+nyWhere Learning System Language Arts Keyboard Companion VI Scope & Sequence Grade Levels 9–12
Lesson Title Lesson Content
30 Sentence Combination 13 Students combine sentences and compound subject using correct punctuation.
31 Sentence Combination 14 Students combine three sentences into two sentences, with compound predicate.
32 Sentence Combination 15 Students combine three sentences into one sentence with compound verb.
321